WO2020175072A1 - Lighting device, lighting unit, vehicle, control method, and control device - Google Patents

Lighting device, lighting unit, vehicle, control method, and control device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020175072A1
WO2020175072A1 PCT/JP2020/004472 JP2020004472W WO2020175072A1 WO 2020175072 A1 WO2020175072 A1 WO 2020175072A1 JP 2020004472 W JP2020004472 W JP 2020004472W WO 2020175072 A1 WO2020175072 A1 WO 2020175072A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
light source
state
source unit
output current
switch
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2020/004472
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
神原 隆
義之 稲田
淑也 森脇
雅彦 小井関
Original Assignee
パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 filed Critical パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社
Priority to JP2021501843A priority Critical patent/JP7199042B2/en
Publication of WO2020175072A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020175072A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60QARRANGEMENT OF SIGNALLING OR LIGHTING DEVICES, THE MOUNTING OR SUPPORTING THEREOF OR CIRCUITS THEREFOR, FOR VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60Q1/00Arrangement of optical signalling or lighting devices, the mounting or supporting thereof or circuits therefor
    • B60Q1/02Arrangement of optical signalling or lighting devices, the mounting or supporting thereof or circuits therefor the devices being primarily intended to illuminate the way ahead or to illuminate other areas of way or environments
    • B60Q1/04Arrangement of optical signalling or lighting devices, the mounting or supporting thereof or circuits therefor the devices being primarily intended to illuminate the way ahead or to illuminate other areas of way or environments the devices being headlights
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B45/00Circuit arrangements for operating light-emitting diodes [LED]

Definitions

  • the present disclosure generally relates to a lighting device, a lamp, a vehicle, a control method, and a control device. More specifically, the present disclosure relates to a lighting device that lights a plurality of light source units, a lighting device that includes a lighting device, a vehicle that includes the lighting device, a control method that controls lighting of the plurality of light source units, and a plurality of light source units.
  • the present invention relates to a control device that controls the lighting of the.
  • the lighting circuit (lighting device) of Patent Document 1 a plurality of light source blocks (light source units) are connected in series to a power source. Then, the lighting circuit of Patent Document 1 short-circuits a part of the plurality of light source blocks and, at the same time, adjusts the power supplied from the power source according to the number of remaining light source blocks.
  • a function of switching a current value of an output current to a light source unit which is not short-circuited is required in accordance with a combination of light source units which are not short-circuited among a plurality of light source units.
  • output can be output when all of the multiple light source units are connected (when all of the multiple light source units are not short-circuited) and when at least one of the multiple light source units is short-circuited. It is required to switch the current value of the current.
  • the connected state is changed to the short-circuited state. There was an overcurrent in the light source that was switched to.
  • the connected state is a state in which the light source unit is electrically connected to another light source unit and an output current flows through the light source unit.
  • Patent Document 1 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 20 08 _ 1 2 6 9 5 8 Summary of Invention
  • the present disclosure has been made in view of the above points, and an object of the present disclosure is to provide a lighting device, a lighting fixture, a vehicle, a control method, and a control device capable of suppressing an overcurrent from flowing to a light source unit. To do.
  • a lighting device includes: a power converter, a bypass switch, a switch controller, and a power controller.
  • the power conversion unit outputs an output current to a light source unit including a first light source unit and a second light source unit electrically connected to each other in series to supply power.
  • the bypass switch is electrically connected in parallel to the second light source unit.
  • the switch control unit controls the bypass switch.
  • the power control unit controls the power conversion unit.
  • the power conversion unit switches the magnitude of the output current according to the on/off state of the bypass switch and supplies power to the light source unit.
  • the power control unit controls the bypass switch to control the second light source unit by the switch control unit.
  • connection state is a state in which the second light source unit is electrically connected to the first light source unit and the output current flows through the second light source unit.
  • the short-circuited state is a state in which the second light source unit is electrically short-circuited.
  • a lamp includes the lighting device, the first light source unit, the second light source unit, and a housing.
  • the housing accommodates the first light source unit and the second light source unit.
  • a vehicle according to an aspect of the present disclosure includes the lamp and a vehicle body.
  • the vehicle body is equipped with the lamp.
  • a control method is a control method for controlling a power conversion unit and a bypass switch.
  • the power converter outputs an output current to a light source unit including a first light source unit and a second light source unit electrically connected to each other in series to supply power.
  • the bypass switch is electrically connected in parallel to the second light source unit.
  • the connection state is a state in which the second light source unit is electrically connected to the first light source unit and the output current flows through the second light source unit.
  • the short-circuited state is a state in which the second light source unit is electrically short-circuited.
  • the control method when the second light source unit is switched from the short-circuited state to the connection state, before controlling the bypass switch to switch the second light source unit from the short-circuited state to the connection state, There is a step of switching the magnitude of the output current.
  • a control device is a control device that controls a power conversion unit and a bypass switch.
  • the power converter outputs an output current to a light source unit including a first light source unit and a second light source unit electrically connected to each other in series to supply power.
  • the bypass switch is electrically connected in parallel to the second light source unit.
  • the control device includes a switch control unit and a power control unit.
  • the switch control unit controls the bypass switch.
  • the power control unit controls the power conversion unit.
  • the power control unit controls the bypass switch to control the second light source unit from the connected state to the short-circuited state. After switching to, it has a function of switching the magnitude of the output current.
  • the connection state described above is a state in which the second light source unit is electrically connected to the first light source unit and the output current flows through the second light source unit.
  • the short-circuited state is a state in which the second light source unit is electrically short-circuited.
  • the controller controls the switch switch to control the bypass switch so that the second light source unit is connected from the short-circuited state to the connected state. It has a function of switching the magnitude of the output current before switching to.
  • Fig. 1 is a block diagram of a lighting device according to the first embodiment.
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic configuration diagram of a lamp including the above-described lighting device.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic configuration diagram of a vehicle in which the above lighting device is mounted.
  • Fig. 4 is a flow chart showing the operation of the above lighting device.
  • Fig. 5 is a flow chart showing the operation of the above lighting device.
  • Fig. 6 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the above lighting device.
  • FIG. 7 is an explanatory diagram of an operation of the above lighting device.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the above lighting device.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the above lighting device.
  • FIG. 10 is a flow chart showing the operation of the lighting device according to the second embodiment.
  • Fig. 11 is an explanatory diagram of the operation of the above lighting device.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the above lighting device.
  • FIG. 13 is an explanatory diagram of the operation of the above lighting device.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the above lighting device.
  • FIG. 15 is a flow chart showing the operation of the lighting device according to the third embodiment.
  • Fig. 16 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the above lighting device.
  • FIG. 17 is an explanatory diagram of an operation of the above lighting device.
  • FIG. 18 is an explanatory diagram of an operation of the above lighting device.
  • Fig. 19 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the above lighting device.
  • FIG. 20 is a block diagram of a lighting device according to a fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 21 is a block diagram of a lighting device according to a fifth embodiment.
  • FIG. 22 is an operation explanatory diagram of the above lighting device.
  • FIG. 23 is an operation explanatory view of a lighting device according to a modification of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 24 is a block diagram of a lighting device according to another modification of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 25 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the above lighting device.
  • the lighting device 1 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3.
  • the lighting device 1 of the present embodiment is used for a lamp 100 (see Fig. 2) which is a headlamp device mounted on a vehicle 200 such as an automobile (see Fig. 3). As shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, the lighting device 1 lights the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 as a plurality of light source units 2.
  • the first light source unit 21 is used as a passing (for mouth-beam) headlight, and the second light source unit 22 is used as a traveling (for high beam) headlight.
  • the first light source section 21 is composed of a plurality of LEDs (light emitting diodes) connected in series.
  • the second light source unit 22 is connected in series. ⁇ 2020/175072 6 ⁇ (:171? 2020 /004472
  • the first light source unit 21 may have a configuration in which two or more series circuits are connected in parallel. Each series circuit in the first light source unit 2 1 is composed of a plurality of!
  • the second light source unit 22 may have a configuration in which a plurality of series circuits of !_ 0 are connected in parallel. Each series circuit in the second light source unit 22 is composed of a plurality of!
  • the number of !_Semi 0s included in the first light source unit 21 and the number of !_Semi 0s included in the second light source unit 22 may be different from each other or may be the same.
  • the lighting device 1 includes a first input terminal 11 and a second input terminal.
  • terminal does not have to be a component (terminal) for connecting an electric wire or the like, and may be, for example, a lead of an electronic component or a part of a conductor included in a circuit board. ..
  • the first input terminal 11 and the second input terminal 12 are electrically connected to both ends of the DC power supply source 1. Specifically, the first input terminal 11 is electrically connected to the positive electrode of the direct-current power supply 1 and the second input terminal 12 is electrically connected to the negative electrode of the direct-current power supply 1.
  • DC power source 1 is a battery mounted on a vehicle 200 (see Fig. 3).
  • the first output terminal 21 to the third output terminal 23 are electrically connected to the first light source section 21 and the second light source section 22. Specifically, a series circuit of the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 is electrically connected between the first output terminal 21 and the second output terminal 22.
  • the third output terminal 23 is electrically connected to the connection point between the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22. That is, the first light source unit 21 is electrically connected between the first output terminal 21 and the third output terminal 23, and the third output terminal 23 and the second output terminal 22 are connected.
  • the second light source unit 22 is electrically connected between them.
  • the lighting device 1 includes a power conversion unit 3, a bypass switch 0 1, a control unit 4 (control device), and a smoothing capacitor ⁇ 3 1.
  • the lighting device 1 has a first capacitor ⁇ 2 1 and a second capacitor ⁇ 2 2 as multiple capacitors ⁇ 2. ⁇ 2020/175072 7 ⁇ (:171? 2020/004472
  • the power conversion unit 3 switches the output current I 1 according to the on/off state of the bypass switch 0 1, and supplies power to the first light source unit 2 1 and the second light source unit 22. More specifically, the power conversion unit 3 is electrically connected to the DC power supply source 1 via the first input terminal 11 and the second input terminal 12.
  • the power converter 3 is a port ⁇ / ⁇ converter that converts the DC power supplied from the direct current power source 1 into DC.
  • the power conversion unit 3 lights the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 by supplying DC power to the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22.
  • the power conversion unit 3 includes a step-up converter circuit 3 1 and a step-down converter circuit 3 2.
  • the boost converter circuit 31 is, for example, a boost chopper circuit having an inductor, a switching element, a diode, and the like.
  • the booster comparator circuit 3 1 is electrically connected to the DC power source 1 via the first input terminal 11 and the second input terminal 12.
  • the step-up converter circuit 3 1 boosts the output voltage (eg, 12 V) of the DC power source 1 to a predetermined voltage (eg, 60 V) by turning on/off the switching element, and the step-down converter circuit 3 2 Output to.
  • the switching element of the boost converter circuit 3 1 is controlled by the power control unit 4 1 described later.
  • the step-down converter circuit 32 is, for example, a step-down chopper circuit having an inductor, a switching element, and a diode.
  • the step-down comparator circuit 32 reduces the output voltage of the step-up converter by turning on/off the switching element.
  • the pair of output terminals 3 1, 3 2 of the step-down comparator circuit 3 2 are electrically connected to the first output terminal 2 1 and the second output terminal 2 2, respectively.
  • the switching element of the step-down comparator circuit 3 2 is controlled by the power control unit 41 described later.
  • the smoothing capacitor ⁇ 1 is a pair of output terminals 3 1 and 3 of the step-down comparator circuit 3 2.
  • the smoothing capacitor ⁇ 1 is electrically connected between the first output terminal 2 1 and the second output terminal 22. It The smoothing capacitor C 1 can suppress the ripple of the output current I 1 of the power conversion unit 3 (step-down converter circuit 3 2). This makes it possible to suppress radiation noise emitted from a cable or the like that electrically connects the lighting device 1 and the plurality of light source units 2.
  • the bypass switch Q1 is composed of an enhancement type n channel M ⁇ S FET (Meta I Ox i de Sem i conductor F i ld Effect Transistor).
  • the bypass switch Q 1 is electrically connected between the second output terminal P 2 2 and the third output terminal P 23.
  • the drain is electrically connected to the third output terminal P23, and the source is electrically connected to the second output terminal P22.
  • the gate of the bypass switch Q 1 is electrically connected to the control unit 4 and is controlled by the switch control unit 4 2 described later.
  • the bypass switch Q 1 is electrically connected in parallel with the second light source unit 22.
  • the bypass switch Q 1 is on, the second light source unit 2 2 is short-circuited.
  • the output current I 1 of the power conversion unit 3 is bypassed by the bypass switch Q 1 and does not flow to the second light source unit 2 2. That is, when the bypass switch Q 1 is in the on state, the second light source section 22 is in the off state, and only the first light source section 21 is in the on state.
  • the bypass switch Q 1 is off, the output current I 1 of the power conversion unit 3 flows to the second light source unit 2 2 so that both the first light source unit 2 1 and the second light source unit 2 2 are turned on. It becomes a state.
  • the first capacitor C21 is electrically connected between the first output terminal P21 and the third output terminal P23. That is, the first capacitor C 21 is electrically connected in parallel with the first light source unit 21.
  • the second capacitor C22 is electrically connected between the second output terminal P22 and the third output terminal P23. That is, the second capacitor C 22 is electrically connected in parallel with the second light source unit 22.
  • the series circuit of the first capacitor C 2 1 and the second capacitor C 2 2 is electrically connected between the output terminals P 3 1 and P 3 2 of the power conversion unit 3 (step-down converter circuit 3 2).
  • ⁇ 2020/175072 9 ⁇ (:171? 2020/004472
  • the ripple of the output current I 1 of the power conversion unit 3 can be suppressed by the combined capacitance of the first capacitor 0 2 1 and the second capacitor 0 2 2. This makes it possible to suppress radiation noise emitted from a cable or the like that electrically connects the lighting device 1 and the plurality of light source units 2.
  • the capacitance of the first capacitor 0 2 1 and the capacitance of the second capacitor 0 2 2 may be the same or different from each other.
  • the capacity of the smoothing capacitor 0 1 and the capacity of the first capacitor 0 21 may be the same as or different from each other.
  • the capacity of the smoothing capacitor 0 1 and the capacity of the second capacitor 0 22 may be the same as or different from each other.
  • the first capacitor ⁇ 2 1, the second capacitor ⁇ 22 and the smoothing capacitor ⁇ 1 may have the same capacity or different capacities.
  • the control unit 4 is a computer system (for example, a microcontroller) whose main components are a processor and a memory.
  • the control unit 4 realizes the functions of the power control unit 41 and the switch control unit 42 by executing the program stored in the memory with the processor.
  • the program may be pre-recorded in the memory, may be provided through an electric communication line such as the Internet, or may be provided by being recorded in a recording medium such as a memory card.
  • the power control unit 41 is configured to control the power conversion unit 3. Specifically, the power control unit 41 monitors the output voltage of the boost comparator circuit 31 and switches the boost comparator circuit 3 1 so that the output voltage of the boost converter circuit 31 becomes constant. Control the element. That is, the power control unit 41 controls the boost converter circuit 31 with a constant voltage.
  • the power control unit 41 monitors the output current of the step-down converter circuit 3 2 and switches the step-down converter circuit 3 2 so that the output current of the step-down converter circuit 3 2 reaches the target value. Control the element. That is, the power control unit 41 , Constant current control is performed so that the output current I 1 of the power conversion unit 3 becomes the target value.
  • the power control unit 41 controls the power conversion unit 3 based on, for example, the state of the lighting switch SW1 (see FIGS. 2 and 3), so that the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit are controlled. Controls turning on/off of 22.
  • the lighting switch SW1 is provided on the driver's seat of the vehicle 200 (see Fig. 3) and is an operation switch for the driver to instruct the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 to turn on/off. is there. When the lighting switch SW1 is in the ON state, the power control unit 41 operates the power conversion unit 3 (boosting comparator circuit 31 and step-down comparator circuit 32).
  • the power control unit 41 stops the power conversion unit 3 (the boost converter circuit 31 and the step-down converter circuit 32) when the lighting switch SW1 is in the off state. As a result, the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 are turned off.
  • the switch control unit 42 is configured to control the bypass switch Q 1 by outputting a drive signal to the bypass switch Q 1.
  • the switch control unit 42 turns on/off the bypass switch Q 1 based on, for example, the state of the changeover switch SW2 (see FIGS. 2 and 3).
  • the changeover switch SW2 is provided in the driver's seat of the vehicle 200 (see Fig. 3), and is an operation switch for the driver to instruct the second light source unit 22 to be turned on or off when the lighting switch SW1 is in the ON state. Is.
  • the switch control unit 42 turns on the bypass switch Q 1 when the changeover switch SW2 is off. As a result, the second light source unit 22 is turned off. Further, the switch control unit 42 turns off the bypass switch Q 1 when the changeover switch SW2 is on.
  • the lighting device 1 does not have to be directly connected to the changeover switch SW2, and may be indirectly connected via, for example, an ECU (Electronic Control Unit) mounted on the vehicle 200. In this case, the control unit 4 of the lighting device 1 switches from the ECU. ⁇ 2020/175072 1 1 ⁇ (: 171-1?2020/004472
  • the power control unit 41 controls the bypass switch 0 1 by the switch control unit 4 2. Then, after switching the state of the second light source unit 22 from the connected state to the short-circuited state, it has a function of switching the magnitude of the output current I 1.
  • the power control unit 41 controls the second light source unit 2 by controlling the bypass switch ⁇ 3 1 by the switch control unit 4 2. It also has a function of switching the magnitude of the output current I 1 before switching the state 2 from the short-circuited state to the connected state.
  • the connected state is a state in which the second light source section 22 is electrically connected to the first light source section 21 and the output current I 1 flows through the second light source section 22.
  • the short-circuited state is a state in which the second light source unit 22 is electrically short-circuited.
  • bypass switch ⁇ is off.
  • the bypass switch ⁇ 1 is in the on state.
  • the switch control unit 42 controls the bypass switch 0 1 so that the bypass switch 0 1 changes from the off state to the on state. ..
  • the power control unit 4 1 switches the magnitude of the output current I 1 after the switch control unit 4 2 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the off state to the on state.
  • the switch control unit 42 controls the bypass switch 0 1 so that the bypass switch 0 1 is switched from the ON state to the OFF state when the state of the second light source unit 22 is switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state. ..
  • the power control unit 41 switches the magnitude of the output current 1 before the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the ON state to the OFF state.
  • the light source unit 10 which is the load of the lighting device 1 will be described with reference to FIG.
  • the light source unit 10 includes a first light source unit 21 and a second light source unit.
  • the light source information output unit 11 is set to the first when the power is supplied to the light source information output unit 11.
  • the light source information indicating the light emission characteristics of the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 is output.
  • the light source information output unit 11 includes, for example, a resistor 10.
  • the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 are divided into a plurality of stages according to their light emission characteristics, and the resistance of the resistor 10 that constitutes the light source information output unit 11 is divided into a plurality of stages at each of the plurality of stages.
  • the value is predetermined.
  • the resistance value of the resistor 81 is determined in advance. ing.
  • the light emission characteristics are determined at the time of manufacturing, and a resistor 10 having a resistance value corresponding to the light emission characteristics is provided in the light source unit 10 as the light source information output unit 11.
  • the “light source information” is information corresponding to the light emission characteristics of the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22, and based on the light source information, the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 2
  • the light emission characteristics of the light source unit 22 can be specified.
  • the light emission characteristics of the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 are, for example, information indicating the specifications of the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 (specifications of the light source unit 10).
  • the specifications of the first light source unit 21 include information on at least one of input current, input voltage, and input power to the first light source unit 21.
  • the specifications of the second light source unit 22 include information on at least one of the input current, the input voltage, and the input power to the second light source unit 22. It should be noted that the above information on the input current includes information on the light source rated current values of the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22.
  • the specifications of the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 include the light source rated current value information as the information about the input current of the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22. There is.
  • the power control unit 41 of the control unit 4 controls the output voltage of the boost converter circuit 31 according to the light source rated current values of the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22. Set the target voltage value.
  • the power control unit 41 is the output of the boost converter circuit 31. ⁇ 2020/175072 13 ⁇ (:171? 2020 /004472
  • the switching element of the boost converter circuit 3 1 is controlled so that the input voltage becomes the target voltage value. That is, the power control unit 41 controls the boost converter circuit 3 1 at a constant voltage so that the output voltage of the boost converter circuit 3 1 becomes the target voltage value. In addition, the power control unit 41 sets the target current value of the output current I 1 of the power conversion unit 3 according to the light source rated current values of the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22. The power control unit 41 controls the switching element of the step-down converter circuit 3 2 so that the output current of the step-down comparator circuit 3 2 (output current 1 of the power conversion unit 3) becomes the target current value. That is, the power control unit 41 controls the step-down converter circuit 3 2 with a constant current so that the output current of the step-down converter circuit 3 2 becomes the target current value.
  • the above-described lighting device 1 is used for a lamp 100 which is a headlamp device mounted on a vehicle 200 (see FIG. 3).
  • the lamp 100 according to the present embodiment includes a lighting device 1, a first light source unit 21, a second light source unit 22 and a housing 10 1.
  • the housing 1101 accommodates the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22.
  • the lamp 100 includes a plurality of (five in FIG. 2) lamps 110 to which the first light source unit 21 or the second light source unit 22 is attached.
  • Each lamp 1 10 to which !_ _ 0 2 1 1 of the first light source unit 21 is attached is provided with a lens 1 11 and a reflector 1 1 2.
  • a lens 1 11 is provided in each lamp 1 10 to which the !_ _ 0 2 2 1 of the second light source unit 22 is attached.
  • the vehicle 200 has a pair of left and right lamps 100 mounted on a vehicle body 20 1.
  • the lighting device 1 of each lamp 100 is electrically connected to the lighting switch 3 1 and the changeover switch 3 2 provided in the driver's seat of the vehicle 200.
  • Lighting switch When only 1 is turned on, the headlight for passing (first light source section 21 of each lamp 100) is turned on.
  • both the lighting switch 3 ⁇ / 1 and the switching switch 3 ⁇ / 2 are turned on, the headlights for traveling (the first light source section 2 1 and the second light source section 2 2 of each lamp 100) are turned on. Light.
  • the driver performs an operation of switching the changeover switch 3 ⁇ /2 from the ON state to the OFF state.
  • the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the OFF state to the ON state (step 3 1).
  • the second light source unit 22 is short-circuited.
  • the power control unit 41 switches the current value of the output current I 1 (step 32).
  • the driver performs an operation of switching the changeover switch 3 ⁇ /2 from the off state to the on state.
  • the changeover switch 3 ⁇ / 2 is switched from the off state to the on state, first, the power control unit 4 1 switches the current value of the output current I 1 (step 3 1 1).
  • the second light source unit 22 is still short-circuited.
  • the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the ON state to the OFF state (step 3 12).
  • first target value 1 1 1 the target value of the output current ⁇ 1 in the short circuit state
  • second target value I 1 2 the target value of the output current ⁇ 1 in the connected state
  • the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the OFF state to the ON state. Change (point 1 1).
  • the output voltage V 1 is applied only to the first light source unit 21 while the output current I 1 remains constant at the second target value I 12 so that the output voltage V 1 decreases.
  • the power control unit 41 controls the power conversion unit 3 to switch the current value of the output current 1 from the second target value 1 2 to the first target value 1 1 (time point 1: 1 2 ) ⁇
  • the bypass switch ⁇ 1 since the bypass switch ⁇ 1 is turned on at the time point 1: 11 1, the output current ⁇ 1 does not flow to the second light source unit 2 2 after the time point 11 1 1.
  • the overcurrent the first target value 1 1 1 2 which is larger than the second target value 1 1 2 1 2 The output current 1
  • bypass switch If the output current (1) reaches the first target value (11 1) before the output current becomes 1st, the output current (1) of the first target value (1 1) 1 which is not supposed to flow originally becomes the second current as the overcurrent. It flows to the light source section 22.
  • period 11 is 5003 as an example, but the number is not limited to this.
  • the power control unit 41 controls the power conversion unit 3 to output the current I 1 as shown in Fig. 7. Switch the value from the first target value 11 1 to the second target value I 1 2 (time point I 13). After that, the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch ⁇ 1 from the ON state to the OFF state ( At this time, the load is applied to both the first light source unit 2 1 and the second light source unit 2 2, but the current value of the output current 1 is set to the second target value 1 1 by the constant current control of the power control unit 4 1. Keep it at 2.
  • the bypass switch ⁇ 1 being turned off at 1 4, there is an overcurrent (the output current I 1 of the 1st target value 1 1 1 2 which is larger than the 2nd target value 1 1 2) in the 2nd light source part 22. It can suppress the flow.
  • the period 12 is, for example, 5003, but the number is not limited to this.
  • first target value 1 1 1 the target value of the output current ⁇ 1 in the short circuit state
  • second target value I 1 2 the target value of the output current ⁇ 1 in the connected state
  • the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the OFF state to the ON state (at the time point). I 15).
  • the output voltage V 1 is applied only to the first light source unit 21 while the output current I 1 remains constant at the second target value I 12 so that the output voltage V 1 decreases.
  • the power control unit 41 controls the power conversion unit 3 to switch the current value of the output current 1 from the second target value 1 2 to the first target value 1 1 (time point 1: 1 6 ) ⁇
  • the state of the second light source unit 22 can be normally switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state. Overcurrent does not flow to the second light source section 22. It should be noted that the period 13 from the time point 1:15 to the time point 1:16 is 5003 as an example, but the number is not limited to this.
  • the power control unit 41 controls the power conversion unit 3 to output the current I 1 as shown in Fig. 9. Switch the value from the 1st target value 1 1 1 to the 2nd target value I 1 2 (time point I 17). Then switch control ⁇ 2020/175072 17 ⁇ (:171? 2020/004472
  • Part 42 switches the bypass switch ⁇ 1 from the on state to the off state (time point I 18 ). At this time, the load is applied to both the first light source unit 2 1 and the second light source unit 2 2, but the current value of the output current 1 is set to the second target value 1 1 by the constant current control of the power control unit 4 1. Keep it at 2.
  • the state of the second light source unit 22 can be normally switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state. Overcurrent does not flow to the second light source section 22. It should be noted that the period 14 from the time point 1:17 to the time point 1:18 is 5003 as an example, but it is not limited to this value.
  • the magnitude of the output current 1 is switched.
  • the first target value 1 1 of the output current 1 in the short-circuited state is larger than the second target value 1 2 of the output current 1 in the connected state
  • the magnitude of the output current 1 is large.
  • the state of the second light source unit 22 can be set to the short-circuited state before switching the height. As a result, it is possible to prevent the overcurrent from flowing through the second light source unit 22.
  • the magnitude of the output current 1 is switched before switching the state of the second light source unit 22 from the short-circuited state to the connected state.
  • the second light source unit 2 It is possible to suppress the overcurrent from flowing into 2.
  • the bypass switch ⁇ 1 is off in the connected state, and the bypass switch ⁇ 1 is on in the short-circuited state. This makes it possible to easily switch between the connected state and the short-circuited state in the second light source unit 22.
  • the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch ⁇ 1 from the off state to the on state. After that, the power control unit 41 switches the magnitude of the output current ⁇ 1. This makes it easy to cut the output current 1 ⁇ 2020/175072 18 ⁇ (:171? 2020 /004472
  • the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch ⁇ 1 from the ON state to the OFF state. Before that, the power control unit 41 switches the magnitude of the output current I 1. As a result, the size of the output current 1 can be easily switched.
  • the current value of the output current ⁇ 1 is set to the one of the first target value ⁇ 11 and the second target value ⁇ 12.
  • the lighting device 1 according to the first embodiment differs from the lighting device 1 according to the first embodiment in that whichever is smaller.
  • the same components as those of the lighting device 1 according to the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.
  • the power control unit 4 1 sets the current value of the output current 1 before switching the bypass switch ⁇ 1 to the first target value 1 1 of the output current 1 in the short-circuited state and the connection.
  • the output current in the state is the smaller of the second target value I 1 2 of I 1 2 whichever is smaller.
  • the power control unit 41 outputs the output current after switching the bypass switch 0 1.
  • the current value of 1 is the target value of the output current I 1 in the state of the second light source unit 2 2 after the switching among the first target value 11 1 and the second target value I 12.
  • “after the switching of the bypass switch 0 1 ” is meant to include the timing of the switching of the bypass switch 0 1 and the timing after the switching of the bypass switch 0 1.
  • the driver performs an operation of switching the changeover switch 3 ⁇ /2 from the ON state to the OFF state.
  • the changeover switch 3 ⁇ / 2 is switched from the ON state to the OFF state, first, the power control unit 41 sets the current value of the output current I 1 to the first target value 1 1 and the second target value 1 1 Take the smaller of 2 (step 3 2 1).
  • the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the off state to the on state (step 3 2 2).
  • the power control unit 41 sets the current value of the output current I 1 to the first target value 1 1 (the target value of the output current I 1 in the state of the second light source unit 2 2 after switching) ( Step 3 2 3) 0
  • the driver performs an operation of switching the changeover switch 3 ⁇ /2 from the off state to the on state.
  • the changeover switch 3 ⁇ / 2 is switched from the off state to the on state, first, the power control section 41 sets the current value of the output current I 1 to the first target value 1 1 and the second target value 1 1 Take the smaller of 2 (step 3 2 1).
  • the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the on state to the off state (step 3 2 2).
  • the power control unit 41 sets the current value of the output current I 1 as the second target value I 1 2 (the target value of the output current I 1 in the state of the second light source unit 2 2 after switching) ( Step 3 2 3) 0
  • first target value 1 1 1 the target value of the output current ⁇ 1 in the short circuit state
  • second target value I 1 2 the target value of the output current ⁇ 1 in the connected state
  • the power control unit 41 first changes the current value of the output current ⁇ 1 to The smaller value of the target value 1 1 1 and the second target value 1 1 2 (the second target value I 1 2) is set (time point 1 2 1 1).
  • the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the off state to the on state (time point 2 1 2).
  • the output voltage V 1 is applied only to the first light source unit 21 while the output current I 1 remains constant at the second target value I 1 2, so the output voltage V 1 decreases.
  • the power control unit 41 controls the power conversion unit 3 to switch the current value of the output current I 1 from the second target value 1 12 to the first target value 1 1 (time points 1 2 2).
  • the bypass switch ⁇ 1 since the bypass switch ⁇ 1 is turned on at the time point I 2 1 2, the output current I 1 stops flowing to the second light source unit 2 2 after the time point 1 2 1 2.
  • the overcurrent the 1st target value 1 1 1 1 which is larger than the 2nd target value 1 1 2
  • the operation at time point 1 2 1 1 1 and the operation at time point 1 2 1 1 2 may be executed simultaneously.
  • the power control unit 41 first changes the current value of the output current 1 to the first target as shown in Fig. 12.
  • the smaller value of the value 1 1 and the second target value 1 2 (second target value I 1 2) shall be used (time point I 2 3).
  • the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the ON state to the OFF state (time point 1 2 4 1).
  • the load is the first light source ⁇ 0 2020/175072 21 ⁇ (: 17 2020 /004472
  • the constant current control of the power control unit 4 1 keeps the current value of the output current I 1 at the second target value I 1 2. After that, the power control unit 41 sets the current value of the output current ⁇ 1 to the first target value ⁇ 11 (time point I242).
  • the current value of the output current ⁇ 1 becomes the second target value ⁇ 12 at the time point 1 2 3 and the bypass switch ⁇ 1 is turned off at the time point 2 4 1, so that the second light source unit is turned off. It is possible to suppress the flow of overcurrent (output current of 1st target value 11 1 larger than 2nd target value 1 1 2) to 2 2. It should be noted that the period 22 2 from the time point 1 2 3 to the time point 1 2 4 1 is 500 3 as an example, but it is not limited to this number. Also, the operation at time point 1 2 4 1 and the operation at time point 1 2 4 2 may be executed simultaneously.
  • first target value 1 1 1 the target value of the output current I 1 in the short circuit state
  • second target value I 1 the target value of the output current I 1 in the connected state
  • the power control unit 4 1 changes the current value of the output current 1 to The smaller of the target value 1 1 and the second target value 1 1 2 (first target value I 1 1) is set (points 1 2 5). That is, the power control unit 41 controls the power conversion unit 3 to switch the current value of the output current I 1 from the second target value I 1 2 to the first target value I 1 1. After that, the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch ⁇ 1 from the off state to the on state (time point 2 61 ).
  • the power control unit 41 sets the current value of the output current I 1 to the first target value I 1 1 (time point I 2 6 2).
  • the state of the second light source unit 22 can be normally switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state.
  • period 23 from the time point 125 to the time point 1261 is 5003 as an example, but it is not limited to this number. Also, the operation at time point I 2 6 1 and the operation at time point 1 2 6 2 may be executed simultaneously.
  • the power control unit 41 sets the current value of the output current 1 to the first target value.
  • the smaller value of the value 1 1 and the second target value 1 2 (first target value I 1 1) shall be used (time point I 2 7 1).
  • the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the on state to the off state (time point 1 27 2).
  • the load is both the first light source unit 2 1 and the second light source unit 2 2, but the current value of the output current 1 is kept at the 1st target value 1 1 1 by the constant current control of the power control unit 4 1. .. After that, the power control section 41 controls the power conversion section 3 to switch the current value of the output current I 1 from the first target value 11 1 to the second target value 12 1 (time point 28).
  • the state of the second light source unit 22 can be normally switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state. Overcurrent does not flow to the second light source section 22.
  • the period 224 from the time point 127 2 to the time point 1 228 is 500 3 as an example, but it is not limited to this number. Also, the operation at time point I 2 7 1 and the operation at time point 1 2 7 2 may be executed simultaneously.
  • the current value of the output current ⁇ 1 before switching the bypass switch 0 1 is the smaller of the first target value ⁇ 1 1 and the second target value ⁇ 1 2. This is the current value. As a result, it is possible to accurately prevent the overcurrent from flowing through the second light source unit 22.
  • the current value of the output current I 1 is smaller than the first target value I 1 and the second target value I 12.
  • the value (third target value I 13) is the same as the lighting device 1 according to the first embodiment. ⁇ 2020/175072 23 ⁇ (: 171-1? 2020 /004472
  • the same components as those of the lighting device 1 according to the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be omitted.
  • the power control unit 41 sets the current value of the output current 1 before switching the bypass switch ⁇ 1 to the first target value 1 1 1 of the output current 1 in the short-circuited state and the connection.
  • the current value is smaller than both of the 2nd target value and 1 2 of the output current 1 in the state (3rd target value 1 3).
  • “before switching the bypass switch 0 1 ” is meant to include both the timing before the switching of the bypass switch 0 1 and the timing simultaneous with the switching of the bypass switch 0 1.
  • the power control unit 4 1 outputs the output current after switching the bypass switch 0 1.
  • the current value of 1 is the target value of the output current I 1 in the state of the second light source unit 2 2 after the switching among the first target value 11 1 and the second target value I 12.
  • “after the switching of the bypass switch 0 1 ” is meant to include the timing of the switching of the bypass switch 0 1 and the timing after the switching of the bypass switch 0 1.
  • the driver performs an operation of switching the changeover switch 3 ⁇ /2 from the ON state to the OFF state.
  • the changeover switch 3 ⁇ / 2 is switched from the ON state to the OFF state, first, the power control unit 41 sets the current value of the output current I 1 to the first target value 1 1 and the second target value 1 1 Set a value lower than 2 (3rd target value 1 13) (step 3 3 1).
  • the switch control unit 42 ⁇ 2020/175072 24 ⁇ (: 171-1? 2020 /004472
  • Bypass switch 0 1 is switched from the off state to the on state (step 3 32). After that, the power control unit 41 switches the current value of the output current I 1 (step 3 3 3). That is, the power control unit 41 switches the current value of the output current ⁇ 1 from the third target value ⁇ 13 to the first target value ⁇ 11.
  • the driver performs an operation of switching the changeover switch 3 ⁇ /2 from the off state to the on state.
  • the changeover switch 3 ⁇ / 2 is switched from the off state to the on state, first, the power control unit 4 1 switches the current value of the output current I 1 (step 3 3 1). That is, the power control unit 41 sets the current value of the output current ⁇ 1 to a value lower than the first target value ⁇ 11 and the second target value ⁇ 12 (third target value I13).
  • the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the ON state to the OFF state (step 332).
  • the power control unit 41 switches the current value of the output current I 1 (step 3 3 3). That is, the power control unit 41 switches the current value of the output current I 1 from the third target value I 13 to the second target value I 12.
  • first target value 1 1 1 the target value of the output current ⁇ 1 in the short-circuited state
  • second target value I 1 2 the target value of the output current ⁇ 1 in the connected state
  • the power control unit 4 1 changes the current value of the output current 1 to the first target value as shown in Fig. 16.
  • the constant current control of the power control unit 41 reduces the output current I 1.
  • the switch control unit 42 turns the bypass switch ⁇ 1 from the off state to the on state.
  • the output current ⁇ 1 does not flow to the second light source unit 2 2 after the time point 13 2.
  • the output current of the overcurrent first target value 11 1 which is larger than the second target value 11 2 in the second light source unit 22 is increased. 1 does not flow.
  • the period D 31 is, for example, 500 £, but the number is not limited to this.
  • the loads are both the first light source unit 2 1 and the second light source unit 2 2, but the constant current control of the power control unit 41 causes the current value of the output current 1 to change to the third target value I 1 Keep 3 After that, the power control unit 41 controls the power conversion unit 3 to switch the current value of the output current I 1 from the third target value I 13 to the second target value I 12 (time point 3 6).
  • the current value of I 1 is the third target value 13 and at the time I 35, the bypass switch ⁇ 1 is turned off, so that the overcurrent (second target value 1 1 Output current 1) of 1st target value 1 1 larger than 2 does not flow.
  • the period number 32 is, for example, 5003, but is not limited to this value.
  • the target value (first target value 1 1 1) of the output current I 1 in the short circuit state is connected. ⁇ 2020/175072 26 ⁇ (:171? 2020/004472
  • the power control unit 41 first changes the current value of the output current 1 to The value is smaller than the target value 11 and the second target value 12 (3rd target value 13) (point I 41). At this time, the current value of the output current I 1 decreases from the second target value I 12 to the third target value I 13. After that, the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the dead state to the on state (time point 1 4 2). At this time, the load is only the first light source unit 21.
  • the current value of the output current I 1 is made constant at the third target value I 1 3 by the constant current control of the power control unit 4 1. After that, the power control unit 41 switches the current value of the output current ⁇ 1 from the third target value ⁇ 13 to the first target value ⁇ 11 (time point 43).
  • the state of the second light source unit 22 can be normally switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state. It is possible to suppress overcurrent from flowing into the second light source unit 22.
  • the period 41 from the time point 41 to the time point 43 is 5003 as an example, but it is not limited to this value.
  • the power control unit 41 sets the current value of the output current ⁇ 1 to the first target value. Set a value smaller than the value 1 1 and the second target value 1 2 (third target value I 1 3) (time point I 4 4). After that, the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the ON state to the OFF state (time point 1 45).
  • the load becomes both the first light source unit 2 1 and the second light source unit 2 2, but the constant current control of the power control unit 4 1 keeps the current value of the output current ⁇ 1 at the third target value I 1 3. ..
  • the power control unit 41 controls the power conversion unit 3 to change the current value of the output current ⁇ 1 from the third target value ⁇ 1 3 to the second target value ⁇ 12. ⁇ 2020/175072 27 ⁇ (:171? 2020/004472
  • the state of the second light source unit 22 can be normally switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state. It is possible to suppress overcurrent from flowing into the second light source unit 22.
  • the period D 42 from the time point 4 4 to the time point 4 6 is 500 3 as an example, but it is not limited to this value.
  • the current value of the output current ⁇ 1 is smaller than both the first target value ⁇ 1 1 and the second target value ⁇ 1 2 before switching the bypass switch 0 1.
  • the third target value I 1 3 is possible to accurately prevent the overcurrent from flowing through the second light source unit 22.
  • the lighting device 1 according to the fourth embodiment has a first light source unit 2 1 to which a first bypass switch ⁇ 1 1 is connected in parallel, and a second light source unit 2 2 to which a second light source unit 2 2 is connected. It differs from the lighting device 1 (see FIG. 1) according to the first embodiment in that the bypass switches 0 1 2 are connected in parallel.
  • the same components as those of the lighting device 1 according to the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be omitted.
  • the lighting device 1 includes a first bypass switch 0 1 1 2 and a second bypass switch 0 1 2.
  • the first bypass switch ⁇ 11 is electrically connected in parallel to the first light source unit 21.
  • the second bypass switch 0 12 is electrically connected in parallel to the second light source unit 22.
  • the first bypass switch 0 1 1 1 is separate from the second bypass switch 0 1 2.
  • the switch control unit 42 of Embodiment 4 includes the first bypass switch ⁇ 11 and the first bypass switch ⁇ 11.
  • the power control unit 41 of the fourth embodiment outputs the output current according to the on/off state of the first bypass switch 0 1 1 and the on/off state of the second bypass switch 0 1 2. And power is supplied to the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22. ⁇ 2020/175072 28 ⁇ (: 171-1? 2020 /004472
  • the power control unit 4 1 controls the switch control unit 4 2 to control the first bypass switch ⁇ 3 1 1.
  • the function of switching the magnitude of the output current 1 is provided.
  • the power control unit 41 controls the first bypass switch ⁇ 3 1 1 by the switch control unit 4 2. Further, before switching the state of the first light source unit 21 from the second state to the first state, it further has a function of switching the magnitude of the output current I 1.
  • the first state means a connection state in which the first light source unit 21 is electrically connected to the second light source unit 22 and the output current I1 flows in the first light source unit 21.
  • the second state is a short-circuit state in which the first light source unit 21 is electrically short-circuited.
  • the switch control unit 42 controls the first bypass switch 0 1 1 so that it switches from the OFF state to the ON state.
  • the power control unit 4 1 switches the magnitude of the output current 1 after the switch control unit 4 2 switches the first bypass switch ⁇ 3 1 1 from the off state to the on state.
  • the switch control unit 42 sets the first bypass switch 0 1 1 so as to change from the ON state to the OFF state.
  • the power control section 41 switches the magnitude of the output current 1 before the switch control section 42 switches the first bypass switch ⁇ 3 1 1 from the ON state to the OFF state.
  • the magnitude of the output current I 1 is switched.
  • the target value of the output current I 1 when the first light source unit 21 is short-circuited is larger than the target value of the output current I 1 when the first light source unit 21 is connected, the output current I 1 1 light before switching the size of 1 ⁇ 2020/175072 29 ⁇ (:171? 2020 /004472
  • the source part 21 can be short-circuited. As a result, it is possible to prevent the overcurrent from flowing to the first light source unit 21.
  • the lighting device 1 according to the fifth embodiment is different from the lighting device 1 according to the first embodiment (see FIG. 1) in that it includes three light source units 2 as shown in FIG. Regarding the lighting device 1 according to the fifth embodiment, the same components as those of the lighting device 1 according to the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.
  • the lighting device 1 of the fifth embodiment further includes a third light source unit 23 together with the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22. Note that, regarding the lighting device 1 of the fifth embodiment, the description of the same configuration and function as the lighting device 1 of the first embodiment (see FIG. 1) is omitted.
  • the lighting device 1 of the fifth embodiment includes a first bypass switch ⁇ 1 1, a second bypass switch ⁇ 12 and a third bypass switch ⁇ 13 as shown in FIG. ..
  • the first bypass switch 0 1 1 is electrically connected in parallel to the first light source unit 2 1.
  • the second bypass switch 0 12 is electrically connected in parallel to the second light source unit 22. It is electrically connected in parallel to the third light source unit 23.
  • the first bypass switch 0 1 1 1 is separate from the second bypass switch 0 1 2 and the third bypass switch 0 1 3.
  • first bypass switch ⁇ 1 1 is electrically connected in parallel with the first capacitor ⁇ 2 1
  • second bypass switch ⁇ 1 2 is electrically connected to the second capacitor ⁇ 2 2.
  • a third capacitor ⁇ 2 3 is electrically connected in parallel to.
  • the first bypass switch 0 1 1 is switched from the off state to the on state (time point 5 1).
  • the loads are the second light source unit 22 and the third light source unit 23, but the output current I 1 is kept constant at the first target value I 14 by the constant current control of the power controller 41.
  • the power control unit 41 increases the current value of the output current I 1 (time point 15 2).
  • the current value of the output current ⁇ 1 remains at the first target value ⁇ 14 at time point I 51, and switches from the first target value ⁇ 1 4 to the second target value ⁇ 15 at time point 15.2. ..
  • the state in which the second light source unit 22 and the third light source unit 23 are turned on (second connected state) is switched to the state in which only the second light source unit 22 is turned on (first short-circuited state).
  • the 3rd bypass switch 0 1 3 is changed from an off state to an on state (time point 1 5 3).
  • the load is only the second light source unit 22.
  • the output current I 1 is kept constant at the second target value I 15 by the constant current control of the power controller 41.
  • the power control unit 41 increases the current value of the output current I 1 (time point 1 5 4).
  • the current value of the output current ⁇ 1 is up to the second target value I 15 at time 5 3 and switches from the second target value ⁇ 15 to the second target value ⁇ 16 at time I 54.
  • the third bypass switch 0 1 3 is turned on at the time point I 5 3 before the time point I 5 4, the time period from the time point 5 3 to the time point 5 4 is set. In 2, the overcurrent (the output current I 1 of the second target value I 16) flowing in the third light source unit 23 can be suppressed.
  • the switch control unit 4 2 switches the first bypass switch ⁇ 1 1 from the ON state to the OFF state.
  • the output current 1 ⁇ 2020/175072 31 ⁇ (:171? 2020/004472
  • the switch control unit 42 switches the first bypass switch ⁇ 1 1 from the ON state to the OFF state (time point I 5 6).
  • the current value of the output current ⁇ 1 switches from the second target value I 1 6 to the second target value ⁇ 15 at time 5 5 before time 5 6.
  • overcurrent (second target value 1 1 5 and output of I 1 6) is output to the first light source unit 2 1 during the period 5 3 from time 5 5 to time 5 6. It is possible to suppress the flow of current 1).
  • the power control section 41 When switching to the state where 3 is turned on (first connection state), the power control section 41 outputs the output current before the switch control section 42 switches the third bypass switch 0 1 3 from the ON state to the OFF state. Decrease the current value of 1 (time point 1 5 7). However, in the example of Figure 22, the current value of the output current [1] is already small and remains constant (1st target value [14]). After that, the switch control unit 42 switches the third bypass switch 0 13 from the ON state to the OFF state (time point I 5 8
  • FIG. 23 shows a modified example of the first embodiment.
  • a case will be described in which both the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 are turned on to a state where only the first light source unit 21 is turned on. That is, an operation example of the lighting device 1 when the bypass switch 0 1 is switched from the off state to the on state will be described.
  • the driver switches the changeover switch 3 ⁇ /2 from the ON state to the OFF state.
  • the power control unit 4 1 has a predetermined stop period (6 0) (a period from 1 6 1 to 1 6 3) During this period, the power conversion unit 3 is stopped. Specifically, the power control unit 41 stops the step-down comparator circuit 32 during the stop period D60. The power control unit 41 may stop both the step-down comparator circuit 3 2 and the step-up comparator circuit 3 1 during the stop period 60.
  • the output current I1 of the power conversion unit 3 is reduced to substantially zero compared to before the stop period D60.
  • the power control unit 41 restarts the operation of the power conversion unit 3 (step-down converter circuit 3 2) when the stop period D 0 60 has elapsed (time point 16 3), and the output current I 1 of the power conversion unit 3 is changed. Restore the state before the stop. That is, the power control unit 41 temporarily reduces the output current I 1 of the power conversion unit 3 when the changeover switch 3 ⁇ /2 is switched from the on state to the off state.
  • the suspension period is 60, for example, but is not limited to this number.
  • the switch control unit 42 is in a state where the output current I1 of the power conversion unit 3 is reduced by the power control unit 4 1 when the changeover switch 3 2 is switched from the ON state to the OFF state (stop period. Switch the bypass switch 0 1 from the off state to the on state.
  • the power control unit 41 stops the power conversion unit 3 before the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the off state to the on state.
  • the switch control unit 42 is configured such that the power control unit 4 1 starts reducing the output current I 1 of the power conversion unit 3 from the time 1 61 to the time I when the first period 6 1 passes. 6 At 2, switch bypass switch ⁇ 1 from off to on.
  • 1st period Ding 61 is 103, but it is not limited to this number.
  • the power conversion unit 3 operates from the time I 6 2 when the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the off state to the on state to the time 1 6 3 when the second period 6 2 elapses. Restart the operation of 3.
  • the second period D62 is 203, but it is not limited to this number.
  • the power conversion unit 3 is stopped, and ⁇ 2020/175072 33 ⁇ (:171? 2020/004472
  • Switch 0 is switched from the off state to the on state. Therefore, a surge current is generated from the smoothing capacitor ⁇ 1 with the output current 1 of the power conversion unit 3 being substantially zero. As a result, an overcurrent is suppressed from flowing into the light source unit 2. More specifically, when the bypass switch ⁇ 1 is switched from the OFF state to the ON state, the bypass switch 0 1 of the plurality of light source units 2 is not connected in parallel to the light source unit 2 (first light source unit 2 1) Overcurrent is suppressed from flowing into the device.
  • the smoothing capacitor 0 1 is discharged in the first period 6 1 from when the power conversion unit 3 is stopped to when the bypass switch 0 1 is turned on, the surge when the bypass switch 0 1 is turned on is generated. The current is suppressed. Therefore, the overcurrent is suppressed from flowing in the first light source unit 21.
  • the peak value of the current source 2 is the peak value of the current when the surge current of the smoothing capacitor 0 1 flows into the first light source unit 21. It is preferably set to be smaller than the current value of 2.
  • the current value of the current I 2 in the steady state of the first light source unit 21 is the target value of the output current I 1 of the power conversion unit 3 (step-down converter circuit 3 2) that is controlled by constant current.
  • the first capacitor 0 21 is electrically connected in parallel with the first light source unit 21. Therefore, even if the bypass switch 0 1 is switched from the off state to the on state, there is no change in the electrical load across the first capacitor 0 21. Therefore, surge current does not occur from the first capacitor ⁇ 21.
  • the second capacitor 02 2 is electrically connected in parallel with the bypass switch 0 1. Therefore, when the bypass switch 0 1 is switched from the off state to the on state, the second capacitor 0 2 2 is short-circuited via the bypass switch 0 1. Therefore, overcurrent is suppressed from flowing in the second light source unit 22.
  • the smoothing capacitor ⁇ 1 and the series circuit of the first capacitor ⁇ 2 1 and the second capacitor ⁇ 22 are electrically connected in parallel. Has been done. Power conversion is performed by the combined capacity of the smoothing capacitor ⁇ , the series circuit of the first capacitor ⁇ 21 and the second capacitor ⁇ 22. ⁇ 2020/175072 34 ⁇ (:171? 2020 /004472
  • the capacity of the smoothing capacitor ⁇ 3 1 can be reduced as compared with the configuration in which the first capacitor 0 2 1 and the second capacitor 0 2 2 are not provided. As a result, the surge current of the smoothing capacitor 0 1 can be suppressed, and the overcurrent can be suppressed from flowing into the first light source unit 21.
  • the smoothing capacitor (31 is not an indispensable configuration, which is connected between the output terminals 3 1, 3 2 of the power conversion unit 3
  • the smoothing capacitor 0 1 may be omitted as shown in Fig. 24.
  • Fig. 24 shows a modified example of the embodiment 1.
  • a plurality of capacitors ⁇ 2 (first capacitor ⁇ 21 and second capacitor ⁇ 22) are connected in series with each other, so even if the smoothing capacitor ⁇ 1 is omitted, multiple capacitors ⁇ 2
  • the combined capacity of the (first capacitor ⁇ 2 1, the second capacitor ⁇ 2 2) can suppress the ripple of the output current I 1 of the power conversion unit 3.
  • the lighting device 1 and a plurality of light source units It is possible to suppress the radiant noise radiated from the cable etc. that electrically connects with 2. Also, as shown in Fig. 25, the output current of power converter 3 is not reduced and bypass switch is not used. Even when 0 1 is switched from the off state to the on state (time point 71), the smoothing capacitor ⁇ is omitted, so that an overcurrent is suppressed from flowing in the first light source unit 2 1.
  • lighting device 1 includes a computer system (control unit 4).
  • the computer system mainly consists of a processor and memory as hardware.
  • the function as the lighting device 1 is realized by the processor executing the program recorded in the memory of the computer system.
  • the program may be pre-recorded in the memory of the computer system, may be provided through a telecommunication line, or recorded in a non-transitory recording medium such as a memory card, an optical disc, a hard disc drive, etc. that can be read by the computer system. May be provided.
  • the processor of the computer system is a semiconductor integrated circuit ( ⁇ ) or a large-scale It consists of one or more electronic circuits, including integrated circuits (LS I).
  • the integrated circuits such as C and LS are called differently depending on the degree of integration, and are called system LS, VLS I (Very Large Scale Integration), or ULSI (Ultra Large Scale Integration). Including circuits.
  • the F-PGA Field-Programmable Gate Array
  • the plurality of electronic circuits may be integrated in one chip, or may be distributed and provided in the plurality of chips.
  • the plurality of chips may be integrated in one device, or may be distributed and provided in the plurality of devices.
  • the power control unit 41 and the switch control unit 42 may be integrated into one chip, or may be distributed and provided in a plurality of chips.
  • the plurality of constituent elements (or functions) of the lighting device 1 are integrated in one housing.
  • the constituent elements (or functions) of the lighting device 1 may be distributed and provided in a plurality of housings.
  • the lighting device (1) includes a power conversion unit (3), a bypass switch (Q1), a switch control unit (42), and a power control unit (4 1).
  • the power converter (3) outputs an output current (11) to the light source unit (10) including the first light source (21) and the second light source (22) to supply power.
  • the first light source unit (21) and the second light source unit (22) are electrically connected to each other in series.
  • the bypass switch (Q 1) is electrically connected in parallel to the second light source unit (22).
  • the switch control section (42) controls the bypass switch (Q 1).
  • the power control unit (41) controls the power conversion unit (3).
  • the power converter P (3) supplies power to the light source unit (10) by switching the size of the output current (1) according to the on/off state of the bypass switch (Q 1).
  • the power control unit (4 1) changes the state of the second light source unit (22) from connected to short-circuited. ⁇ 2020/175072 36 ⁇ (:171? 2020 /004472
  • the switch control unit (4 2) controls the bypass switch ( ⁇ 1) to switch the second light source unit (2 2) from the connected state to the short-circuited state
  • the output current (1) is increased. It has a function to switch the height.
  • the second light source unit (2 2) is electrically connected to the first light source unit (2 1) and the output current (1 1) flows through the second light source unit (2 2 ).
  • the short-circuited state is a state in which the second light source unit (22) is electrically short-circuited.
  • the output current (i) of the first aspect the output current (i)
  • the second light source unit (2 2) can be short-circuited before switching. As a result, it is possible to prevent the overcurrent from flowing through the second light source section (22).
  • the lighting device (1) according to the second aspect provides the power control unit (41) according to the first aspect, when the second light source unit (2 2) is switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state.
  • the switch controller (4 2) controls the bypass switch ( ⁇ 1) to switch the magnitude of the output current ( ⁇ 1) before switching the second light source (2 2) from the short-circuited state to the connected state. It has more functions.
  • the second light source unit (2 2) It is possible to suppress overcurrent from flowing into the.
  • bypass switch ( ⁇ 1) in the off state in the connected state. In short circuit condition, bypass switch (0 1) is on.
  • the lighting device (1) of the third aspect it is possible to easily switch between the connected state and the short-circuited state in the second light source section (2 2 ).
  • Switch ( ⁇ 1). The power control unit (4 1) switches the bypass switch (0 1) from the off state to the on state when the second light source unit (2 2) is switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state. After that, switch the output current (1).
  • the magnitude of the output current (11) can be easily switched.
  • the switch control unit (4 2) switches the second light source unit (2 2) from the short-circuited state to the connected state. If this occurs, control the bypass switch ( ⁇ 1) so that it goes from the ON state to the OFF state.
  • the power control unit (4 1) switches the bypass switch ( ⁇ 1) from the ON state to the OFF state when the second light source unit (2 2) is switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state. First, switch the magnitude of the output current (1).
  • the magnitude of the output current (11) can be easily switched.
  • the power control unit (41) is configured to switch before the switching of the bypass switch ( ⁇ 1).
  • the output current ( ⁇ 1) current value is the first target value ( ⁇ 11) of the output current ( ⁇ 1) in the short-circuited state and the second target value (1 1 2) of the output current ( ⁇ 1) in the connected state. ), whichever is smaller.
  • the power control unit (4 1) sets the current value of the output current ( ⁇ 1) after switching the bypass switch ( ⁇ 1) to the first target value ( ⁇ 11) and the second target value (1 1 2). ), the target value of the output current (1) in the state of the second light source section (2 2) after switching.
  • the power control unit (41) is configured to switch before the switching of the bypass switch ( ⁇ 1). Set the output current ( ⁇ 1) current value to the first target of the output current ( ⁇ 1) in the short-circuit state. ⁇ 2020/175072 38 ⁇ (: 171-1? 2020 /004472
  • the current value (3rd target value I 1 3) is smaller than both the value (1 1 1) and the second target value (1 1 2) of the output current (1 1) in the connected state.
  • the power control unit (4 1) changes the current value of the output current ( ⁇ 1) after switching the bypass switch ( ⁇ 1) to the first target value ( ⁇ 11) and the second target value (1 1 2). Of these, the target value of the output current (11) in the state of the second light source section (22) after switching is set.
  • the lighting device (1) of the seventh aspect it is possible to accurately suppress the overcurrent from flowing to the second light source unit (2 2).
  • a lighting device (1) is any one of the first to seventh aspects, further including a first bypass switch ( ⁇ 11).
  • the first bypass switch ( ⁇ 1 1) is electrically connected in parallel to the first light source unit (2 1).
  • the first bypass switch ( ⁇ 11) is separate from the second bypass switch.
  • the second bypass switch (0 1 2) is electrically connected in parallel to the second light source section (2 2).
  • the switch control unit (42) controls the first bypass switch ( ⁇ 11).
  • the power conversion unit (3) supplies power to the light source unit (10) by switching the magnitude of the output current (1) according to the on/off state of the first bypass switch (0 1 1). ..
  • the power control unit (4 1) causes the switch control unit (4 2) to turn on the first bypass switch ( ⁇ 1 1). It further has a function of switching the magnitude of the output current (11) after controlling and switching the first light source section (21) from the first state to the second state.
  • the first state is a state in which the first light source unit (2 1) is electrically connected to the second light source unit (2 2) and the output current (1 1) flows through the first light source unit (2 1). is there.
  • the second state is a state in which the first light source section (21) is electrically short-circuited.
  • the target value of the output current (C1) in the short-circuit state of the first light source unit (21) is equal to that of the first light source unit (21). Even if the output current ( ⁇ 1) is larger than the target value in the connected state, the first light source unit (21) should be short-circuited before switching the output current ( ⁇ 1). You can As a result, it is possible to prevent overcurrent from flowing through the first light source unit (21). ⁇ 2020/175072 39 ⁇ (:171? 2020 /004472
  • the power control unit (41) is configured such that the first light source unit (21) is switched from the second state to the first state.
  • the switch control unit (4 2) controls the first bypass switch (0 1 1) to switch the first light source unit (2 1) from the second state to the first state, the output current (1 1) It also has the function of switching the size of the.
  • the target value of the output current (11) in the short-circuit state (second state) of the first light source section (21) is the first light source section. Even if the output current (1) in the connection state (1st state) of (2 1) is larger than the target value, it is possible to suppress the overcurrent from flowing into the first light source unit (2 1).
  • the light source unit (10) includes a first light source unit (21) and a second light source unit.
  • the light source unit (22) further includes a third light source unit (23) connected in series.
  • the lighting device (1) further includes a bypass switch for the third light source unit (third bypass switch 0 13).
  • the bypass switch for the third light source unit is electrically connected in parallel to the third light source unit (23).
  • the switch control unit (42) controls the bypass switch for the third light source unit.
  • the power converter (3) supplies power to the light source unit (10) by switching the magnitude of the output current (1) according to the on/off state of the third light source bypass switch.
  • the power control unit (4 1) controls the switch when the state of the third light source unit (2 3) is switched from the connection state of the third light source unit (2 3) to the short-circuit state of the third light source unit (2 3).
  • Part (42) controls the bypass switch for the third light source part to change the third light source part (2 3) from the connected state of the third light source part (2 3) to the short-circuited state of the third light source part (2 3). After switching, it also has the function of switching the magnitude of the output current (1).
  • the connection state of the third light source unit (23) is such that the third light source unit (23) is electrically connected to at least one of the first light source unit (21) and the second light source unit (22).
  • the output current (11) flows through the third light source (23).
  • the short-circuit state of the third light source unit (23) is a state in which the third light source unit (23) is electrically short-circuited. ⁇ 2020/175072 40 ⁇ (:171? 2020 /004472
  • the lighting device (1) of the tenth aspect even when the number of the light source units 2 is three or more, not only the second light source units (2 2) but also the third light source unit (2 2 ). It is possible to prevent overcurrent from flowing through the light source (23).
  • the power control unit (41) includes a third light source unit (23) and a third light source unit (23). ), the switch control unit (4 2) controls the third light source bypass switch (third bypass switch 0 1 3) when the third light source unit (2 3) is connected. Function to switch the magnitude of output current (1 1) before switching the third light source (2 3) from the short-circuited state of the third light source (2 3) to the connected state of the third light source (2 3) Further has.
  • the target value of the output current ( ⁇ 1) in the short-circuited state of the third light source unit (23) is set to the third light source unit (23). Even when the output current in the connected state (1) is larger than the target value, it is possible to suppress the overcurrent from flowing into the third light source unit (23).
  • the lamp (100) according to the 12th aspect is the lighting device (1) according to any one of the 1st to 11th aspects, a first light source section (21), and a 2nd aspect.
  • the light source unit (2 2) and the housing (1 0 1) are provided.
  • the housing (1 0 1) houses the first light source unit (2 1) and the second light source unit (2 2 ).
  • the first target value (1 1 1) of the output current ( ⁇ 1) in the short-circuited state is changed to the connected state. Even if the output current ( ⁇ 1) is larger than the second target value (1 1 2), the second light source (2 2) is short-circuited before switching the output current ( ⁇ 1). Can be in a state. As a result, it is possible to prevent the overcurrent from flowing through the second light source section (22).
  • a vehicle (200) according to a thirteenth aspect includes a lamp (1OO) according to the twelfth aspect, and a vehicle body (2O1).
  • the vehicle body (2 0 1) is equipped with a light fixture (1 0 0).
  • the second light source section (2 2) can be short-circuited. As a result, it is possible to prevent the overcurrent from flowing through the second light source section (22).
  • the control method according to the fourteenth aspect is a control method for controlling the power conversion unit (3) and the bypass switch (O1).
  • the power converter (3) outputs an output current (1) to a light source unit (1 0) including a first light source (2 1) and a second light source (2 2) electrically connected in series.
  • the bypass switch (0 1) is electrically connected in parallel to the second light source unit (2 2).
  • the bypass switch (0 1) is controlled to short-circuit the second light source unit (2 2) from the connected state. After switching to the state, there is a step of switching the magnitude of the output current (1).
  • the connection state is a state in which the second light source unit (2 2) is electrically connected to the first light source unit (2 1) and the output current (1 1) flows through the second light source unit (2 2). ..
  • the short-circuited state is a state in which the second light source section (22) is electrically short-circuited.
  • the control method is to control the bypass switch (0 1) to change the second light source unit (2 2) from the short-circuited state to the connected state. Before switching, it has the step of switching the magnitude of the output current (1).
  • the first target value ( ⁇ 11) of the output current (I1) in the short-circuited state is the second target value of the output current ( ⁇ 1) in the connected state. Even if the output current is larger than (1 1 2), the second light source unit (2 2) can be short-circuited before switching the magnitude of the output current (1). As a result, it is possible to prevent the overcurrent from flowing through the second light source section (22).
  • the first target value ([11]) of the output current (11) in the short-circuited state is the second target value of the output current ([1]) in the connected state. Even if it is larger than the target value (1 1 2), it is not ⁇ 2020/175072 42 ⁇ (:171? 2020 /004472
  • the light source unit (10) is connected in series to the first light source unit (21) and the second light source unit (22).
  • the light source further includes a third light source section (23).
  • the control method is such that when the state of the third light source unit (2 3) is switched from the connection state of the third light source unit (2 3) to the short-circuit state of the third light source unit (2 3), the third light source unit (2 3) 3)
  • the third light source (2 3) is connected to the third light source (2 3) by controlling the third light source bypass switch (third bypass switch ⁇ 1 3) electrically connected in parallel to
  • the method further includes the step of switching the magnitude of the output current (1).
  • the connection state of the third light source unit (23) is such that the third light source unit (23) is electrically connected to at least one of the first light source unit (21) and the second light source unit (22).
  • the output current (11) flows through the third light source (23).
  • the short-circuited state of the third light source section (23) is a state in which the third light source section (23) is electrically short-circuited.
  • the control method is to use the bypass switch for the third light source.
  • the magnitude of the output current (1) Further has a step of switching.
  • the target value of the output current ( ⁇ 1) in the short-circuited state of the third light source section (23) is the connection state of the third light source section (23). Even when the output current (1) is larger than the target value, it is possible to suppress the overcurrent from flowing into the third light source section (23).
  • the control device controls the power conversion unit (3) and the bypass switch (O1).
  • the power converter (3) outputs an output current (1) to a light source unit (1 0) including a first light source (2 1) and a second light source (2 2) electrically connected in series. To output power.
  • the bypass switch ( ⁇ 1) is electrically connected in parallel to the second light source unit (22).
  • the switch control unit (42) controls the bypass switch ( ⁇ 1).
  • the power control unit (4 1) controls the power converter (3).
  • the power control unit (4 1) controls the bypass switch (0 1) by the switch control unit (4 2) when the state of the second light source unit (2 2) is switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state. After switching the second light source (22) from the connected state to the short-circuited state, it has the function of switching the magnitude of the output current (1).
  • the second light source unit (2 2) is electrically connected to the first light source unit (21) and the output current (I 1) flows through the second light source unit (2 2 ).
  • the short-circuited state is a state in which the second light source section (22) is electrically short-circuited.
  • the power control unit (4 1) controls the bypass switch (0 1) by the switch control unit (4 2) when the second light source unit (2 2) is switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state. 2 It has the function of switching the magnitude of the output current (1) before switching the light source (22) from the short-circuited state to the connected state.
  • the first target value of the output current ( ⁇ 1) in the short-circuited state is the second target value of the output current ( ⁇ 1) in the connected state. Even if it is larger than the standard value, the second light source unit (22) can be short-circuited before switching the magnitude of the output current (1). As a result, it is possible to prevent overcurrent from flowing through the second light source section (22).
  • the first target value ( ⁇ 11) of the output current (11) in the short-circuited state is the second target value of the output current ( ⁇ 1) in the connected state. Even if it is larger than the target value (1 1 2), it is possible to suppress the overcurrent from flowing into the second light source unit (2 2 ).
  • the light source unit (10) includes the first light source unit (21) and the second light source unit (2). 2) further includes a third light source section (23) connected in series.
  • the switch control unit (42) controls the third light source unit bypass switch (third bypass switch 0 13) electrically connected in parallel to the third light source unit (23).
  • the power control unit (4 1) controls the switch when the state of the third light source unit (2 3) is switched from the connection state of the third light source unit (2 3) to the short-circuit state of the third light source unit (2 3).
  • Section (42) controls the bypass switch for the third light source section to turn the third light source section (23) into the third light source section (23).
  • the connection state of the third light source unit (23) is such that the third light source unit (23) is electrically connected to at least one of the first light source unit (21) and the second light source unit (22).
  • the output current (1) flows through the third light source (23).
  • the short-circuit state of the third light source unit (23) is a state in which the third light source unit (23) is electrically short-circuited.
  • the power control unit (4 1) switches the switch control unit (3) when the third light source unit (2 3) is switched from the short-circuited state of the third light source unit (2 3) to the connected state of the third light source unit (2 3).
  • the target value of the output current ( ⁇ 1) in the short-circuited state of the third light source unit (23) is the third light source unit (23). Even if the output current in the connected state of () is larger than the target value of (1), it is possible to suppress overcurrent from flowing into the third light source section (23).

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Lighting Device Outwards From Vehicle And Optical Signal (AREA)
  • Circuit Arrangement For Electric Light Sources In General (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure addresses the problem of suppressing the flow of overcurrent into a light source unit. A lighting device (1) comprises: a power conversion unit (3); a bypass switch (Q1); a switch control unit (42); and a power control unit (41). The power conversion unit (3) supplies power to a light source unit (10). The bypass switch (Q1) is electrically connected in parallel to a second light source unit (22). In the case that the state of the second light source unit (22) is to be switched from a connected state to a short-circuit state, the power control unit (41) has a function to switch the size of the output current (I1) after the switch control unit (42) has controlled the bypass switch (Q1) to switch the second light source unit (22) from the connected state to the short-circuit state. The connected state is a state in which the second light source unit (22) is electrically connected to the first light source unit (21), and the short-circuit state is a state in which the second light source unit (22) is electrically short circuited.

Description

\¥0 2020/175072 1 卩(:17 2020 /004472 明 細 書 \¥0 2020/175072 1 卩 (: 17 2020 /004472 Clarification
発明の名称 : 点灯装置、 灯具、 車両、 制御方法、 及び制御装置 技術分野 Title of invention: Lighting device, lamp, vehicle, control method, and control device Technical field
[0001 ] 本開示は、 一般に点灯装置、 灯具、 車両、 制御方法、 及び制御装置に関す る。 本開示は、 より詳細には、 複数の光源部を点灯させる点灯装置、 点灯装 置を備える灯具、 灯具を備える車両、 複数の光源部の点灯を制御する制御方 法、 及び、 複数の光源部の点灯を制御する制御装置に関する。 [0001] The present disclosure generally relates to a lighting device, a lamp, a vehicle, a control method, and a control device. More specifically, the present disclosure relates to a lighting device that lights a plurality of light source units, a lighting device that includes a lighting device, a vehicle that includes the lighting device, a control method that controls lighting of the plurality of light source units, and a plurality of light source units. The present invention relates to a control device that controls the lighting of the.
背景技術 Background technology
[0002] 従来、 直列に接続された口ービーム用ライ トとハイビーム用ライ トとを点 灯させる点灯回路が開示されている (例えば、 特許文献 1参照) 。 [0002] Conventionally, a lighting circuit for lighting a mouth beam light and a high beam light connected in series has been disclosed (for example, see Patent Document 1).
[0003] 特許文献 1の点灯回路 (点灯装置) は、 複数の光源ブロック (光源部) を 電源に直列接続している。 そして、 特許文献 1の点灯回路は、 複数の光源ブ ロックの一部を短絡すると同時に、 残余の光源ブロックの数に応じて電源か らの供給電力を調整する。 In the lighting circuit (lighting device) of Patent Document 1, a plurality of light source blocks (light source units) are connected in series to a power source. Then, the lighting circuit of Patent Document 1 short-circuits a part of the plurality of light source blocks and, at the same time, adjusts the power supplied from the power source according to the number of remaining light source blocks.
[0004] ところで、 近年、 複数の光源部のうち短絡されていない光源部の組合せに 応じて、 短絡されていない光源部への出力電流の電流値を切り替える機能が 要求されている。 例えば、 複数の光源部の全てが接続されている状態 (複数 の光源部の全てが短絡されていない状態) と、 複数の光源部のうちの少なく とも 1つが短絡されている状態とで、 出力電流の電流値を切り替えることが 要求されている。 一例として、 複数の光源部のうちの少なくとも 1つが短絡 されている状態において、 複数の光源部の全てが接続されている状態よりも 、 出力電流の電流値を大きくすることが要求されている。 By the way, in recent years, a function of switching a current value of an output current to a light source unit which is not short-circuited is required in accordance with a combination of light source units which are not short-circuited among a plurality of light source units. For example, output can be output when all of the multiple light source units are connected (when all of the multiple light source units are not short-circuited) and when at least one of the multiple light source units is short-circuited. It is required to switch the current value of the current. As an example, in a state where at least one of the plurality of light source units is short-circuited, it is required to make the current value of the output current larger than that in a state where all of the plurality of light source units are connected.
[0005] ところが、 特許文献 1 に記載された従来の点灯装置では、 複数の光源部の うちの少なくとも 1つの光源部の状態が接続状態から短絡状態に切り替えら れる際に、 接続状態から短絡状態に切り替わった光源部に過電流が流れるお それがあった。 接続状態は、 上記光源部が他の光源部に電気的に接続されて おり上記光源部に出力電流が流れる状態である。 短絡状態は、 上記光源部が 〇 2020/175072 2 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 However, in the conventional lighting device described in Patent Document 1, when the state of at least one of the plurality of light source units is switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state, the connected state is changed to the short-circuited state. There was an overcurrent in the light source that was switched to. The connected state is a state in which the light source unit is electrically connected to another light source unit and an output current flows through the light source unit. When the light source is 〇 2020/175072 2 卩 (:171? 2020 /004472
電気的に短絡されている状態である。 It is in a state of being electrically short-circuited.
[0006] より詳細には、 特許文献 1 に記載された従来の点灯装置では、 上記光源部 の状態を接続状態から短絡状態に切り替えるタイミングと点灯装置から出力 される出力電流を変えるタイミングとがずれる場合があった。 この場合、 上 記光源部の状態を接続状態から短絡状態に切り替える際に、 上記光源部に対 して許容されている電流値よりも大きな過電流が上記光源部に流れる可能性 があるという問題があった。 例えば、 上記光源部の状態を接続状態から短絡 状態に切り替えるタイミングよりも前に、 点灯装置から出力される出力電流 の電流値を、 上記光源部に対して許容されている電流値よりも大きく した場 合、 上記光源部に対して許容されている電流値よりも大きな過電流が上記光 源部に流れる。 [0006] More specifically, in the conventional lighting device described in Patent Document 1, the timing of switching the state of the light source unit from the connected state to the short-circuited state and the timing of changing the output current output from the lighting device are deviated. There were cases. In this case, when switching the state of the light source unit from the connected state to the short-circuited state, an overcurrent larger than the current value allowed for the light source unit may flow to the light source unit. was there. For example, the current value of the output current output from the lighting device is made larger than the current value allowed for the light source unit before the timing of switching the state of the light source unit from the connected state to the short-circuited state. In this case, an overcurrent larger than the current value allowed for the light source section flows into the light source section.
先行技術文献 Prior art documents
特許文献 Patent literature
[0007] 特許文献 1 :特開 2 0 0 8 _ 1 2 6 9 5 8号公報 発明の概要 Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 20 08 _ 1 2 6 9 5 8 Summary of Invention
[0008] 本開示は上記の点に鑑みてなされた開示であり、 本開示の目的は、 光源部 に過電流が流れることを抑制できる点灯装置、 灯具、 車両、 制御方法、 及び 制御装置を提供することにある。 [0008] The present disclosure has been made in view of the above points, and an object of the present disclosure is to provide a lighting device, a lighting fixture, a vehicle, a control method, and a control device capable of suppressing an overcurrent from flowing to a light source unit. To do.
[0009] 本開示の一態様に係る点灯装置は、 電力変換部と、 バイパススイッチと、 スイッチ制御部と、 電力制御部とを備える。 前記電力変換部は、 互いに電気 的に直列接続された第 1光源部及び第 2光源部を含む光源ユニッ トに出力電 流を出力して電力を供給する。 前記バイパススイッチは、 前記第 2光源部に 電気的に並列接続されている。 前記スイッチ制御部は、 前記バイパススイッ チを制御する。 前記電力制御部は、 前記電力変換部を制御する。 前記電力変 換部は、 前記バイパススイッチのオン/オフの状態に応じて前記出力電流の 大きさを切り替えて前記光源ユニッ トに電力を供給する。 前記電力制御部は 、 前記第 2光源部の状態が接続状態から短絡状態に切り替えられる場合、 前 記スイッチ制御部が前記バイパススイッチを制御して前記第 2光源部を前記 〇 2020/175072 3 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 A lighting device according to an aspect of the present disclosure includes: a power converter, a bypass switch, a switch controller, and a power controller. The power conversion unit outputs an output current to a light source unit including a first light source unit and a second light source unit electrically connected to each other in series to supply power. The bypass switch is electrically connected in parallel to the second light source unit. The switch control unit controls the bypass switch. The power control unit controls the power conversion unit. The power conversion unit switches the magnitude of the output current according to the on/off state of the bypass switch and supplies power to the light source unit. When the state of the second light source unit is switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state, the power control unit controls the bypass switch to control the second light source unit by the switch control unit. 〇 2020/175072 3 卩 (: 171-1? 2020 /004472
接続状態から前記短絡状態に切り替えた後に、 前記出力電流の大きさを切り 替える機能を有する。 前記接続状態は、 前記第 2光源部が前記第 1光源部に 電気的に接続されており前記第 2光源部に前記出力電流が流れる状態である 。 前記短絡状態は、 前記第 2光源部が電気的に短絡されている状態である。 It has a function of switching the magnitude of the output current after switching from the connected state to the short-circuited state. The connection state is a state in which the second light source unit is electrically connected to the first light source unit and the output current flows through the second light source unit. The short-circuited state is a state in which the second light source unit is electrically short-circuited.
[0010] 本開示の一態様に係る灯具は、 前記点灯装置と、 前記第 1光源部と、 前記 第 2光源部と、 ハウジングとを備える。 前記ハウジングは、 前記第 1光源部 及び前記第 2光源部を収納する。 [0010]A lamp according to an aspect of the present disclosure includes the lighting device, the first light source unit, the second light source unit, and a housing. The housing accommodates the first light source unit and the second light source unit.
[001 1 ] 本開示の一態様に係る車両は、 前記灯具と、 車体とを備える。 前記車体は 、 前記灯具を搭載する。 [001 1] A vehicle according to an aspect of the present disclosure includes the lamp and a vehicle body. The vehicle body is equipped with the lamp.
[0012] 本開示の一態様に係る制御方法は、 電力変換部と、 バイパススイッチとを 制御する制御方法である。 前記電力変換部は、 互いに電気的に直列接続され た第 1光源部及び第 2光源部を含む光源ユニッ トに出力電流を出力して電力 を供給する。 前記バイパススイッチは、 前記第 2光源部に電気的に並列接続 されている。 前記制御方法は、 前記第 2光源部の状態が接続状態から短絡状 態に切り替えられる場合、 前記バイパススイッチを制御して前記第 2光源部 を前記接続状態から前記短絡状態に切り替えた後に、 前記出力電流の大きさ を切り替えるステップを有する。 前記接続状態は、 前記第 2光源部が前記第 1光源部に電気的に接続されており前記第 2光源部に前記出力電流が流れる 状態である。 前記短絡状態は、 前記第 2光源部が電気的に短絡されている状 態である。 前記制御方法は、 前記第 2光源部が前記短絡状態から前記接続状 態に切り替えられる場合、 前記バイパススイッチを制御して前記第 2光源部 を前記短絡状態から前記接続状態に切り替える前に、 前記出力電流の大きさ を切り替えるステップを有する。 A control method according to an aspect of the present disclosure is a control method for controlling a power conversion unit and a bypass switch. The power converter outputs an output current to a light source unit including a first light source unit and a second light source unit electrically connected to each other in series to supply power. The bypass switch is electrically connected in parallel to the second light source unit. In the control method, when the state of the second light source unit is switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state, after controlling the bypass switch to switch the second light source unit from the connected state to the short-circuited state, There is a step of switching the magnitude of the output current. The connection state is a state in which the second light source unit is electrically connected to the first light source unit and the output current flows through the second light source unit. The short-circuited state is a state in which the second light source unit is electrically short-circuited. In the control method, when the second light source unit is switched from the short-circuited state to the connection state, before controlling the bypass switch to switch the second light source unit from the short-circuited state to the connection state, There is a step of switching the magnitude of the output current.
[0013] 本開示の一態様に係る制御装置は、 電力変換部と、 バイパススイッチとを 制御する制御装置である。 前記電力変換部は、 互いに電気的に直列接続され た第 1光源部及び第 2光源部を含む光源ユニッ トに出力電流を出力して電力 を供給する。 前記バイパススイッチは、 前記第 2光源部に電気的に並列接続 されている。 前記制御装置は、 スイッチ制御部と、 電力制御部とを備える。 〇 2020/175072 4 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 A control device according to an aspect of the present disclosure is a control device that controls a power conversion unit and a bypass switch. The power converter outputs an output current to a light source unit including a first light source unit and a second light source unit electrically connected to each other in series to supply power. The bypass switch is electrically connected in parallel to the second light source unit. The control device includes a switch control unit and a power control unit. 〇 2020/175072 4 卩 (:171? 2020 /004472
前記スイツチ制御部は、 前記バイパススイツチを制御する。 前記電力制御部 は、 前記電力変換部を制御する。 前記電力制御部は、 前記第 2光源部の状態 が接続状態から短絡状態に切り替えられる場合、 前記スイツチ制御部が前記 バイパススイツチを制御して前記第 2光源部を前記接続状態から前記短絡状 態に切り替えた後に、 前記出力電流の大きさを切り替える機能を有する。 前 記接続状態は、 前記第 2光源部が前記第 1光源部に電気的に接続されており 前記第 2光源部に前記出力電流が流れる状態である。 前記短絡状態は、 前記 第 2光源部が電気的に短絡されている状態である。 前記制御装置は、 前記第 2光源部が前記短絡状態から前記接続状態に切り替えられる場合、 前記スイ ツチ制御部が前記バイパススイツチを制御して前記第 2光源部を前記短絡状 態から前記接続状態に切り替える前に、 前記出力電流の大きさを切り替える 機能を有する。 The switch control unit controls the bypass switch. The power control unit controls the power conversion unit. When the state of the second light source unit is switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state, the power control unit controls the bypass switch to control the second light source unit from the connected state to the short-circuited state. After switching to, it has a function of switching the magnitude of the output current. The connection state described above is a state in which the second light source unit is electrically connected to the first light source unit and the output current flows through the second light source unit. The short-circuited state is a state in which the second light source unit is electrically short-circuited. When the second light source unit is switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state, the controller controls the switch switch to control the bypass switch so that the second light source unit is connected from the short-circuited state to the connected state. It has a function of switching the magnitude of the output current before switching to.
図面の簡単な説明 Brief description of the drawings
[0014] [図 1]図 1 は、 実施形態 1 に係る点灯装置のブロック図である。 [0014] [Fig. 1] Fig. 1 is a block diagram of a lighting device according to the first embodiment.
[図 2]図 2は、 同上の点灯装置を備える灯具の概略構成図である。 [Fig. 2] Fig. 2 is a schematic configuration diagram of a lamp including the above-described lighting device.
[図 3]図 3は、 同上の点灯装置が搭載される車両の概略構成図である。 [Fig. 3] Fig. 3 is a schematic configuration diagram of a vehicle in which the above lighting device is mounted.
[図 4]図 4は、 同上の点灯装置の動作を示すフローチヤートである。 [Fig. 4] Fig. 4 is a flow chart showing the operation of the above lighting device.
[図 5]図 5は、 同上の点灯装置の動作を示すフローチヤートである。 [Fig. 5] Fig. 5 is a flow chart showing the operation of the above lighting device.
[図 6]図 6は、 同上の点灯装置の動作説明図である。 [Fig. 6] Fig. 6 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the above lighting device.
[図 7]図 7は、 同上の点灯装置の動作説明図である。 [FIG. 7] FIG. 7 is an explanatory diagram of an operation of the above lighting device.
[図 8]図 8は、 同上の点灯装置の動作説明図である。 [FIG. 8] FIG. 8 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the above lighting device.
[図 9]図 9は、 同上の点灯装置の動作説明図である。 [FIG. 9] FIG. 9 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the above lighting device.
[図 1 0]図 1 0は、 実施形態 2に係る点灯装置の動作を示すフローチヤートで ある。 [FIG. 10] FIG. 10 is a flow chart showing the operation of the lighting device according to the second embodiment.
[図 1 1]図 1 1 は、 同上の点灯装置の動作説明図である。 [Fig. 11] Fig. 11 is an explanatory diagram of the operation of the above lighting device.
[図 12]図 1 2は、 同上の点灯装置の動作説明図である。 [FIG. 12] FIG. 12 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the above lighting device.
[図 13]図 1 3は、 同上の点灯装置の動作説明図である。 [FIG. 13] FIG. 13 is an explanatory diagram of the operation of the above lighting device.
[図 14]図 1 4は、 同上の点灯装置の動作説明図である。 [図 1 5]図 1 5は、 実施形態 3に係る点灯装置の動作を示すフローチヤートで ある。 [FIG. 14] FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the above lighting device. [FIG. 15] FIG. 15 is a flow chart showing the operation of the lighting device according to the third embodiment.
[図 16]図 1 6は、 同上の点灯装置の動作説明図である。 [Fig. 16] Fig. 16 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the above lighting device.
[図 17]図 1 7は、 同上の点灯装置の動作説明図である。 [FIG. 17] FIG. 17 is an explanatory diagram of an operation of the above lighting device.
[図 18]図 1 8は、 同上の点灯装置の動作説明図である。 [FIG. 18] FIG. 18 is an explanatory diagram of an operation of the above lighting device.
[図 1 9]図 1 9は、 同上の点灯装置の動作説明図である。 [Fig. 19] Fig. 19 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the above lighting device.
[図 20]図 2 0は、 実施形態 4に係る点灯装置のブロック図である。 [FIG. 20] FIG. 20 is a block diagram of a lighting device according to a fourth embodiment.
[図 21]図 2 1 は、 実施形態 5に係る点灯装置のブロック図である。 [FIG. 21] FIG. 21 is a block diagram of a lighting device according to a fifth embodiment.
[図 22]図 2 2は、 同上の点灯装置の動作説明図である。 [FIG. 22] FIG. 22 is an operation explanatory diagram of the above lighting device.
[図 23]図 2 3は、 実施形態 1 の変形例に係る点灯装置の動作説明図である。 [図 24]図 2 4は、 実施形態 1 の他の変形例に係る点灯装置のブロック図であ る。 [FIG. 23] FIG. 23 is an operation explanatory view of a lighting device according to a modification of the first embodiment. [FIG. 24] FIG. 24 is a block diagram of a lighting device according to another modification of the first embodiment.
[図 25]図 2 5は、 同上の点灯装置の動作説明図である。 [FIG. 25] FIG. 25 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the above lighting device.
発明を実施するための形態 MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[001 5] 以下に説明する実施形態及び変形例は、 本開示の一例に過ぎず、 本開示は 、 実施形態及び変形例に限定されない。 この実施形態及び変形例以外であつ ても、 本開示の技術的思想を逸脱しない範囲であれば、 設計等に応じて種々 の変更が可能である。 [001 5] The embodiments and modifications described below are merely examples of the present disclosure, and the present disclosure is not limited to the embodiments and modifications. Other than this embodiment and modifications, various modifications can be made according to the design and the like as long as they do not deviate from the technical idea of the present disclosure.
[0016] (実施形態 1 ) [0016] (Embodiment 1)
( 1 ) 構成 (1) Composition
本実施形態の点灯装置 1 について、 図 1 〜図 3を参照して説明する。 The lighting device 1 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3.
[0017] 本実施形態の点灯装置 1 は、 自動車などの車両 2 0 0 (図 3参照) に搭載 される前照灯装置である灯具 1 〇〇 (図 2参照) に用いられる。 図 1 〜図 3 に示すように、 点灯装置 1 は、 複数の光源部 2として第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2を点灯させる。 第 1光源部 2 1 は、 すれ違い用 (口ービーム用 ) 前照灯として用いられ、 第 2光源部 2 2は、 走行用 (ハイビーム用) 前照 灯として用いられる。 第 1光源部 2 1 は、 直列接続された複数の L E D (L i g ht Em i t t i ng D i ode) で構成されている。 第 2光源部 2 2は、 直列接続された 〇 2020/175072 6 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 [0017] The lighting device 1 of the present embodiment is used for a lamp 100 (see Fig. 2) which is a headlamp device mounted on a vehicle 200 such as an automobile (see Fig. 3). As shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, the lighting device 1 lights the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 as a plurality of light source units 2. The first light source unit 21 is used as a passing (for mouth-beam) headlight, and the second light source unit 22 is used as a traveling (for high beam) headlight. The first light source section 21 is composed of a plurality of LEDs (light emitting diodes) connected in series. The second light source unit 22 is connected in series. 〇 2020/175072 6 卩 (:171? 2020 /004472
複数の 1_巳 0で構成されている。 なお、 第 1光源部 2 1は、 2以上の直列回 路が並列接続された構成であってもよい。 第 1光源部 2 1 における各直列回 路は、 直列接続された複数の !_巳 0で構成されている。 第 2光源部 2 2は、 複数の !_巳 0の直列回路が並列接続された構成であってもよい。 第 2光源部 2 2における各直列回路は、 直列接続された複数の !_巳 0で構成されている 。 第 1光源部 2 1が有する !_巳 0の個数と、 第 2光源部 2 2が有する !_巳 0 の個数とは、 互いに異なっていてもよいし、 互いに同じであってもよい。 It is composed of multiple 1__ 0. The first light source unit 21 may have a configuration in which two or more series circuits are connected in parallel. Each series circuit in the first light source unit 2 1 is composed of a plurality of! The second light source unit 22 may have a configuration in which a plurality of series circuits of !_ 0 are connected in parallel. Each series circuit in the second light source unit 22 is composed of a plurality of! The number of !_Semi 0s included in the first light source unit 21 and the number of !_Semi 0s included in the second light source unit 22 may be different from each other or may be the same.
[0018] 図 1 に示すように、 点灯装置 1は、 第 1入力端子 1 1及び第 2入力端子 [0018] As shown in Fig. 1, the lighting device 1 includes a first input terminal 11 and a second input terminal.
1 2と、 第 1出力端子 2 1〜第 3出力端子 2 3と、 を備えている。 こ こでいう 「端子」 とは、 電線等を接続するための部品 (端子) でなくてもよ く、 例えば電子部品のリード、 又は、 回路基板に含まれる導体の一部であっ てもよい。 1 2 and 1st output terminal 21 to 3rd output terminal 23. The “terminal” here does not have to be a component (terminal) for connecting an electric wire or the like, and may be, for example, a lead of an electronic component or a part of a conductor included in a circuit board. ..
[0019] 第 1入力端子 1 1及び第 2入力端子 1 2は、 直流電源巳 1の両端と電 気的に接続されている。 具体的には、 第 1入力端子 1 1は、 直流電源巳 1 の正極と電気的に接続され、 第 2入力端子 1 2は、 直流電源巳 1の負極と 電気的に接続されている。 直流電源巳 1は、 車両 2 0 0 (図 3参照) に搭載 されたバッテリである。 [0019] The first input terminal 11 and the second input terminal 12 are electrically connected to both ends of the DC power supply source 1. Specifically, the first input terminal 11 is electrically connected to the positive electrode of the direct-current power supply 1 and the second input terminal 12 is electrically connected to the negative electrode of the direct-current power supply 1. DC power source 1 is a battery mounted on a vehicle 200 (see Fig. 3).
[0020] 第 1出力端子 2 1〜第 3出力端子 2 3は、 第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光 源部 2 2と電気的に接続されている。 具体的には、 第 1出力端子 2 1 と第 2出力端子 2 2との間に、 第 1光源部 2 1 と第 2光源部 2 2との直列回路 が電気的に接続されている。 第 3出力端子 2 3は、 第 1光源部 2 1 と第 2 光源部 2 2との接続点と電気的に接続されている。 つまり、 第 1出力端子 2 1 と第 3出力端子 2 3との間に、 第 1光源部 2 1が電気的に接続されて おり、 第 3出力端子 2 3と第 2出力端子 2 2との間に第 2光源部 2 2が 電気的に接続されている。 [0020] The first output terminal 21 to the third output terminal 23 are electrically connected to the first light source section 21 and the second light source section 22. Specifically, a series circuit of the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 is electrically connected between the first output terminal 21 and the second output terminal 22. The third output terminal 23 is electrically connected to the connection point between the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22. That is, the first light source unit 21 is electrically connected between the first output terminal 21 and the third output terminal 23, and the third output terminal 23 and the second output terminal 22 are connected. The second light source unit 22 is electrically connected between them.
[0021 ] 点灯装置 1は、 電力変換部 3と、 バイパススイッチ 0 1 と、 制御部 4 (制 御装置) と、 平滑コンデンサ<3 1 と、 を備えている。 点灯装置 1は、 複数の コンデンサ〇 2として、 第 1 コンデンサ〇 2 1及び第 2コンデンサ〇 2 2を 〇 2020/175072 7 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 [0021] The lighting device 1 includes a power conversion unit 3, a bypass switch 0 1, a control unit 4 (control device), and a smoothing capacitor <3 1. The lighting device 1 has a first capacitor 〇 2 1 and a second capacitor 〇 2 2 as multiple capacitors 〇 2. 〇 2020/175072 7 卩(:171? 2020/004472
更に備えている。 Further equipped.
[0022] 電力変換部 3は、 バイパススイッチ〇 1のオン/オフの状態に応じて出力 電流丨 1 を切り替えて第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2に電力を供給する 。 より詳細には、 電力変換部 3は、 第 1入力端子 1 1及び第 2入力端子 1 2を介して直流電源巳 1 と電気的に接続されている。 電力変換部 3は、 直 流電源巳 1から供給される直流電力を直流変換する口〇/〇〇コンバータで ある。 電力変換部 3は、 第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2に直流電力を供 給することにより、 第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2を点灯させる。 電力 変換部 3は、 昇圧コンバータ回路 3 1 と降圧コンバータ回路 3 2と、 を備え ている。 The power conversion unit 3 switches the output current I 1 according to the on/off state of the bypass switch 0 1, and supplies power to the first light source unit 2 1 and the second light source unit 22. More specifically, the power conversion unit 3 is electrically connected to the DC power supply source 1 via the first input terminal 11 and the second input terminal 12. The power converter 3 is a port ◯/◯◯ converter that converts the DC power supplied from the direct current power source 1 into DC. The power conversion unit 3 lights the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 by supplying DC power to the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22. The power conversion unit 3 includes a step-up converter circuit 3 1 and a step-down converter circuit 3 2.
[0023] 昇圧コンバータ回路 3 1は、 例えばインダクタ、 スイッチング素子、 ダイ 才ード等を有する昇圧チョッパ回路である。 昇圧コンパータ回路 3 1は、 第 1入力端子 1 1及び第 2入力端子 1 2を介して直流電源巳 1 と電気的に 接続されている。 昇圧コンバータ回路 3 1は、 スイッチング素子がオン/才 フされることにより、 直流電源巳 1の出力電圧 (例えば 1 2 V) を所定電圧 (例えば 6 0 V) に昇圧して降圧コンバータ回路 3 2に出力する。 昇圧コン バータ回路 3 1のスイッチング素子は、 後述する電力制御部 4 1 によって制 御される。 The boost converter circuit 31 is, for example, a boost chopper circuit having an inductor, a switching element, a diode, and the like. The booster comparator circuit 3 1 is electrically connected to the DC power source 1 via the first input terminal 11 and the second input terminal 12. The step-up converter circuit 3 1 boosts the output voltage (eg, 12 V) of the DC power source 1 to a predetermined voltage (eg, 60 V) by turning on/off the switching element, and the step-down converter circuit 3 2 Output to. The switching element of the boost converter circuit 3 1 is controlled by the power control unit 4 1 described later.
[0024] 降圧コンバータ回路 3 2は、 例えば、 インダクタ、 スイッチング素子、 ダ イオードを有する降圧チョッパ回路である。 降圧コンパータ回路 3 2は、 ス イッチング素子がオン/オフされることにより、 昇圧コンバータの出力電圧 を降圧する。 降圧コンパータ回路 3 2の一対の出力端 3 1 , 3 2は、 そ れぞれ第 1出力端子 2 1及び第 2出力端子 2 2と電気的に接続されてい る。 降圧コンパータ回路 3 2のスイッチング素子は、 後述する電力制御部 4 1 によって制御される。 [0024] The step-down converter circuit 32 is, for example, a step-down chopper circuit having an inductor, a switching element, and a diode. The step-down comparator circuit 32 reduces the output voltage of the step-up converter by turning on/off the switching element. The pair of output terminals 3 1, 3 2 of the step-down comparator circuit 3 2 are electrically connected to the first output terminal 2 1 and the second output terminal 2 2, respectively. The switching element of the step-down comparator circuit 3 2 is controlled by the power control unit 41 described later.
[0025] 平滑コンデンサ〇 1は、 降圧コンパータ回路 3 2の一対の出力端 3 1 , [0025] The smoothing capacitor 〇 1 is a pair of output terminals 3 1 and 3 of the step-down comparator circuit 3 2.
3 2間に電気的に接続されている。 言い換えれば、 平滑コンデンサ〇 1は 、 第 1出力端子 2 1 と第 2出力端子 2 2との間に電気的に接続されてい る。 平滑コンデンサ C 1は、 電力変換部 3 (降圧コンバータ回路 3 2) の出 力電流丨 1のリップルを抑制することができる。 これにより、 点灯装置 1 と 複数の光源部 2とを電気的に接続するケーブル等から放射される輻射ノイズ を抑制することができる。 Electrically connected between 3 and 2. In other words, the smoothing capacitor 〇 1 is electrically connected between the first output terminal 2 1 and the second output terminal 22. It The smoothing capacitor C 1 can suppress the ripple of the output current I 1 of the power conversion unit 3 (step-down converter circuit 3 2). This makes it possible to suppress radiation noise emitted from a cable or the like that electrically connects the lighting device 1 and the plurality of light source units 2.
[0026] バイパススイッチ Q 1は、 エンハンスメント型の nチヤネル M〇 S F E T (Meta I Ox i de Sem i conductor F i e ld Effect Trans i stor) で構成されている 。 バイパススイッチ Q 1は、 第 2出力端子 P 2 2と第 3出力端子 P 2 3との 間に電気的に接続されている。 具体的には、 バイパススイッチ Q 1は、 ドレ インが第 3出力端子 P 2 3と電気的に接続され、 ソースが第 2出力端子 P 2 2と電気的に接続されている。 また、 バイパススイッチ Q 1は、 ゲートが制 御部 4と電気的に接続されており、 後述するスイッチ制御部 4 2によって制 御される。 [0026] The bypass switch Q1 is composed of an enhancement type n channel M○S FET (Meta I Ox i de Sem i conductor F i ld Effect Transistor). The bypass switch Q 1 is electrically connected between the second output terminal P 2 2 and the third output terminal P 23. Specifically, in the bypass switch Q1, the drain is electrically connected to the third output terminal P23, and the source is electrically connected to the second output terminal P22. The gate of the bypass switch Q 1 is electrically connected to the control unit 4 and is controlled by the switch control unit 4 2 described later.
[0027] つまり、 バイパススイッチ Q 1は、 第 2光源部 2 2と電気的に並列接続さ れている。 バイパススイッチ Q 1がオン状態である場合、 第 2光源部 2 2が 短絡される。 この場合、 電力変換部 3の出力電流 I 1は、 バイパススイッチ Q 1 にバイパスされて、 第 2光源部 2 2には流れない。 つまり、 バイパスス イッチ Q 1がオン状態である場合、 第 2光源部 2 2が消灯状態となり、 第 1 光源部 2 1のみが点灯状態となる。 また、 バイパススイッチ Q 1がオフ状態 である場合、 電力変換部 3の出力電流 I 1が第 2光源部 2 2に流れるので、 第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2の両方が点灯状態となる。 That is, the bypass switch Q 1 is electrically connected in parallel with the second light source unit 22. When the bypass switch Q 1 is on, the second light source unit 2 2 is short-circuited. In this case, the output current I 1 of the power conversion unit 3 is bypassed by the bypass switch Q 1 and does not flow to the second light source unit 2 2. That is, when the bypass switch Q 1 is in the on state, the second light source section 22 is in the off state, and only the first light source section 21 is in the on state. When the bypass switch Q 1 is off, the output current I 1 of the power conversion unit 3 flows to the second light source unit 2 2 so that both the first light source unit 2 1 and the second light source unit 2 2 are turned on. It becomes a state.
[0028] 第 1 コンデンサ C 2 1は、 第 1出力端子 P 2 1 と第 3出力端子 P 2 3との 間に電気的に接続されている。 つまり、 第 1 コンデンサ C 2 1は、 第 1光源 部 2 1 と電気的に並列接続されている。 [0028] The first capacitor C21 is electrically connected between the first output terminal P21 and the third output terminal P23. That is, the first capacitor C 21 is electrically connected in parallel with the first light source unit 21.
[0029] 第 2コンデンサ C 2 2は、 第 2出力端子 P 2 2と第 3出力端子 P 2 3との 間に電気的に接続されている。 つまり、 第 2コンデンサ C 2 2は、 第 2光源 部 2 2と電気的に並列接続されている。 [0029] The second capacitor C22 is electrically connected between the second output terminal P22 and the third output terminal P23. That is, the second capacitor C 22 is electrically connected in parallel with the second light source unit 22.
[0030] 第 1 コンデンサ C 2 1 と第 2コンデンサ C 2 2との直列回路は、 電力変換 部 3 (降圧コンバータ回路 3 2) の出力端 P 3 1 , P 3 2間に電気的に接続 〇 2020/175072 9 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 [0030] The series circuit of the first capacitor C 2 1 and the second capacitor C 2 2 is electrically connected between the output terminals P 3 1 and P 3 2 of the power conversion unit 3 (step-down converter circuit 3 2). 〇 2020/175072 9 卩(:171? 2020/004472
されている。 したがって、 第 1 コンデンサ〇 2 1 と第 2コンデンサ〇 2 2と の合成容量によって、 電力変換部 3 (降圧コンバータ回路 3 2) の出力電流 I 1のリップルを抑制することができる。 これにより、 点灯装置 1 と複数の 光源部 2とを電気的に接続するケーブル等から放射される輻射ノイズを抑制 することができる。 Has been done. Therefore, the ripple of the output current I 1 of the power conversion unit 3 (step-down converter circuit 3 2) can be suppressed by the combined capacitance of the first capacitor 0 2 1 and the second capacitor 0 2 2. This makes it possible to suppress radiation noise emitted from a cable or the like that electrically connects the lighting device 1 and the plurality of light source units 2.
[0031 ] なお、 第 1 コンデンサ〇 2 1の容量と第 2コンデンサ〇 2 2の容量とは、 互いに同じであってもよいし、 互いに異なっていてもよい。 また、 平滑コン デンサ〇 1の容量と第 1 コンデンサ〇 2 1の容量とは、 互いに同じであって もよいし、 互いに異なっていてもよい。 平滑コンデンサ〇 1の容量と第 2コ ンデンサ〇 2 2の容量とは、 互いに同じであってもよいし、 互いに異なって いてもよい。 つまり、 第 1 コンデンサ〇 2 1 と第 2コンデンサ〇 2 2と平滑 コンデンサ〇 1 とは、 互いに同じ容量であってもよいし、 互いに異なる容量 であってもよい。 [0031] The capacitance of the first capacitor 0 2 1 and the capacitance of the second capacitor 0 2 2 may be the same or different from each other. The capacity of the smoothing capacitor 0 1 and the capacity of the first capacitor 0 21 may be the same as or different from each other. The capacity of the smoothing capacitor 0 1 and the capacity of the second capacitor 0 22 may be the same as or different from each other. In other words, the first capacitor 〇 2 1, the second capacitor 〇 22 and the smoothing capacitor 〇 1 may have the same capacity or different capacities.
[0032] 制御部 4は、 プロセッサ及びメモリを主構成とするコンビュータシステム (例えばマイクロコントローラ) である。 制御部 4は、 メモリに格納されて いるプログラムをプロセッサで実行することにより、 電力制御部 4 1、 及び スイッチ制御部 4 2としての機能を実現する。 プログラムは、 メモリにあら かじめ記録されていてもよいし、 インターネッ ト等の電気通信回線を通して 提供されてもよく、 メモリカード等の記録媒体に記録されて提供されてもよ い。 The control unit 4 is a computer system (for example, a microcontroller) whose main components are a processor and a memory. The control unit 4 realizes the functions of the power control unit 41 and the switch control unit 42 by executing the program stored in the memory with the processor. The program may be pre-recorded in the memory, may be provided through an electric communication line such as the Internet, or may be provided by being recorded in a recording medium such as a memory card.
[0033] 電力制御部 4 1は、 電力変換部 3を制御するように構成されている。 具体 的には、 電力制御部 4 1は、 昇圧コンパータ回路 3 1の出力電圧を監視して おり、 昇圧コンバータ回路 3 1の出力電圧が一定となるように、 昇圧コンパ —夕回路 3 1のスイッチング素子を制御する。 つまり、 電力制御部 4 1は、 昇圧コンバータ回路 3 1 を定電圧制御する。 The power control unit 41 is configured to control the power conversion unit 3. Specifically, the power control unit 41 monitors the output voltage of the boost comparator circuit 31 and switches the boost comparator circuit 3 1 so that the output voltage of the boost converter circuit 31 becomes constant. Control the element. That is, the power control unit 41 controls the boost converter circuit 31 with a constant voltage.
[0034] また、 電力制御部 4 1は、 降圧コンパータ回路 3 2の出力電流を監視して おり、 降圧コンバータ回路 3 2の出力電流が目標値となるように、 降圧コン バータ回路 3 2のスイッチング素子を制御する。 つまり、 電力制御部 4 1は 、 電力変換部 3の出力電流 I 1が目標値となるように定電流制御する。 [0034] The power control unit 41 monitors the output current of the step-down converter circuit 3 2 and switches the step-down converter circuit 3 2 so that the output current of the step-down converter circuit 3 2 reaches the target value. Control the element. That is, the power control unit 41 , Constant current control is performed so that the output current I 1 of the power conversion unit 3 becomes the target value.
[0035] 電力制御部 4 1は、 例えば、 点灯スイッチ SW1 (図 2及び図 3参照) の 状態に基づいて、 電力変換部 3を制御することにより、 第 1光源部 2 1及び 第 2光源部 22の点灯/消灯を制御する。 点灯スイッチ SW1は、 車両 20 〇 (図 3参照) の運転席に設けられており、 運転手が、 第 1光源部 2 1及び 第 2光源部 22の点灯/消灯を指示するための操作スイッチである。 電力制 御部 4 1は、 点灯スイッチ SW1がオン状態である場合、 電力変換部 3 (昇 圧コンパータ回路 3 1、 降圧コンパータ回路 32) を動作させる。 これによ り、 バイパススイッチ Q 1がオフ状態であれば、 第 1光源部 2 1 と第 2光源 部 22との両方が点灯し、 バイパススイッチ Q 1がオン状態であれば、 第 1 光源部 2 1のみが点灯する。 また、 電力制御部 4 1は、 点灯スイッチ SW1 がオフ状態である場合、 電力変換部 3 (昇圧コンバータ回路 3 1、 降圧コン バータ回路 32) を停止させる。 これにより、 第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源 部 22が消灯状態となる。 [0035] The power control unit 41 controls the power conversion unit 3 based on, for example, the state of the lighting switch SW1 (see FIGS. 2 and 3), so that the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit are controlled. Controls turning on/off of 22. The lighting switch SW1 is provided on the driver's seat of the vehicle 200 (see Fig. 3) and is an operation switch for the driver to instruct the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 to turn on/off. is there. When the lighting switch SW1 is in the ON state, the power control unit 41 operates the power conversion unit 3 (boosting comparator circuit 31 and step-down comparator circuit 32). As a result, when the bypass switch Q 1 is off, both the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 are turned on, and when the bypass switch Q 1 is on, the first light source unit 2 1 is turned on. 2 Only 1 lights up. In addition, the power control unit 41 stops the power conversion unit 3 (the boost converter circuit 31 and the step-down converter circuit 32) when the lighting switch SW1 is in the off state. As a result, the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 are turned off.
[0036] スイッチ制御部 42は、 バイパススイッチ Q 1 に駆動信号を出力すること により、 バイパススイッチ Q 1 を制御するように構成されている。 スイッチ 制御部 42は、 例えば、 切替スイッチ SW2 (図 2及び図 3参照) の状態に 基づいて、 バイパススイッチ Q 1 をオン/オフする。 切替スイッチ SW2は 、 車両 200 (図 3参照) の運転席に設けられており、 運転手が、 点灯スイ ッチ SW1のオン状態において第 2光源部 22の点灯/消灯を指示するため の操作スイッチである。 スイッチ制御部 42は、 切替スイッチ SW2がオフ 状態である場合、 バイパススイッチ Q 1 をオン状態にする。 これにより、 第 2光源部 22が消灯状態となる。 また、 スイッチ制御部 42は、 切替スイッ チ SW2がオン状態である場合、 バイパススイッチ Q 1 をオフ状態にする。 これにより、 第 2光源部 22が点灯状態となる。 なお、 点灯装置 1は、 切替 スイッチ SW2と直接的に接続されていなくてもよく、 例えば車両 200に 搭載された ECU (Electronic Control Unit) 等を介して間接的に接続され ていてもよい。 この場合、 点灯装置 1の制御部 4は、 ECUから切替スイッ 〇 2020/175072 1 1 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 The switch control unit 42 is configured to control the bypass switch Q 1 by outputting a drive signal to the bypass switch Q 1. The switch control unit 42 turns on/off the bypass switch Q 1 based on, for example, the state of the changeover switch SW2 (see FIGS. 2 and 3). The changeover switch SW2 is provided in the driver's seat of the vehicle 200 (see Fig. 3), and is an operation switch for the driver to instruct the second light source unit 22 to be turned on or off when the lighting switch SW1 is in the ON state. Is. The switch control unit 42 turns on the bypass switch Q 1 when the changeover switch SW2 is off. As a result, the second light source unit 22 is turned off. Further, the switch control unit 42 turns off the bypass switch Q 1 when the changeover switch SW2 is on. As a result, the second light source unit 22 is turned on. The lighting device 1 does not have to be directly connected to the changeover switch SW2, and may be indirectly connected via, for example, an ECU (Electronic Control Unit) mounted on the vehicle 200. In this case, the control unit 4 of the lighting device 1 switches from the ECU. 〇 2020/175072 1 1 卩(: 171-1?2020/004472
チ 3 2の状態を示す情報を取得する。 Get information indicating the status of the card.
[0037] 上記のような点灯装置 1 において、 電力制御部 4 1は、 第 2光源部 2 2の 状態が接続状態から短絡状態に切り替えられる場合、 スイッチ制御部 4 2が バイパススイッチ 0 1 を制御して第 2光源部 2 2の状態を接続状態から短絡 状態に切り替えた後に、 出力電流丨 1の大きさを切り替える機能を有する。 In the lighting device 1 as described above, when the state of the second light source unit 22 is switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state, the power control unit 41 controls the bypass switch 0 1 by the switch control unit 4 2. Then, after switching the state of the second light source unit 22 from the connected state to the short-circuited state, it has a function of switching the magnitude of the output current I 1.
[0038] 電力制御部 4 1は、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態が短絡状態から接続状態に切り 替えられる場合、 スイッチ制御部 4 2がバイパススイッチ <3 1 を制御して第 2光源部 2 2の状態を短絡状態から接続状態に切り替える前に、 出力電流 I 1の大きさを切り替える機能を更に有する。 [0038] When the state of the second light source unit 2 2 is switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state, the power control unit 41 controls the second light source unit 2 by controlling the bypass switch <3 1 by the switch control unit 4 2. It also has a function of switching the magnitude of the output current I 1 before switching the state 2 from the short-circuited state to the connected state.
[0039] ここで、 接続状態は、 第 2光源部 2 2が第 1光源部 2 1 に電気的に接続さ れており第 2光源部 2 2に出力電流 I 1が流れる状態である。 短絡状態は、 第 2光源部 2 2が電気的に短絡されている状態である。 接続状態では、 バイ パススイッチ〇 1がオフ状態である。 短絡状態では、 バイパススイッチ〇 1 がオン状態である。 Here, the connected state is a state in which the second light source section 22 is electrically connected to the first light source section 21 and the output current I 1 flows through the second light source section 22. The short-circuited state is a state in which the second light source unit 22 is electrically short-circuited. In the connected state, bypass switch 〇 is off. In the short circuit state, the bypass switch 〇 1 is in the on state.
[0040] スイッチ制御部 4 2は、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態が接続状態から短絡状態に 切り替えられる場合、 バイパススイッチ 0 1がオフ状態からオン状態になる ようにバイパススイッチ〇 1 を制御する。 電力制御部 4 1は、 スイッチ制御 部 4 2がバイパススイッチ 0 1 をオフ状態からオン状態に切り替えた後に、 出力電流丨 1の大きさを切り替える。 [0040] When the state of the second light source unit 22 is switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state, the switch control unit 42 controls the bypass switch 0 1 so that the bypass switch 0 1 changes from the off state to the on state. .. The power control unit 4 1 switches the magnitude of the output current I 1 after the switch control unit 4 2 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the off state to the on state.
[0041 ] スイッチ制御部 4 2は、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態が短絡状態から接続状態に 切り替えられる場合、 バイパススイッチ 0 1がオン状態からオフ状態になる ようにバイパススイッチ〇 1 を制御する。 電力制御部 4 1は、 スイッチ制御 部 4 2がバイパススイッチ〇 1 をオン状態からオフ状態に切り替える前に、 出力電流丨 1の大きさを切り替える。 [0041] The switch control unit 42 controls the bypass switch 0 1 so that the bypass switch 0 1 is switched from the ON state to the OFF state when the state of the second light source unit 22 is switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state. .. The power control unit 41 switches the magnitude of the output current 1 before the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the ON state to the OFF state.
[0042] ここで、 点灯装置 1の負荷である光源ユニッ ト 1 0について図 1 を参照し て説明する。 Here, the light source unit 10 which is the load of the lighting device 1 will be described with reference to FIG.
[0043] 光源ユニッ ト 1 0は、 図 1 に示すように、 第 1光源部 2 1 と、 第 2光源部 As shown in FIG. 1, the light source unit 10 includes a first light source unit 21 and a second light source unit.
2 2と、 光源情報出力部 1 1 とを備える。 〇 2020/175072 12 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 2 2 and a light source information output unit 1 1. 〇 2020/175072 12 boxes (:171? 2020 /004472
[0044] 光源情報出力部 1 1は、 光源情報出力部 1 1 に電力が供給されたときに第 [0044] The light source information output unit 11 is set to the first when the power is supplied to the light source information output unit 11.
1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2の発光特性を示す光源情報を出力する。 The light source information indicating the light emission characteristics of the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 is output.
[0045] 光源情報出力部 1 1は、 例えば抵抗器 1 0を含む。 第 1光源部 2 1及び 第 2光源部 2 2は、 その発光特性に応じて複数の段階に分かれており、 複数 の段階のそれぞれで光源情報出力部 1 1 を構成する抵抗器 1 〇の抵抗値が あらかじめ決められている。 第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2の両方を点 灯させる場合と、 第 1光源部 2 1のみを点灯させる場合との組合せにおいて 、 抵抗器 8 1 〇の抵抗値があらかじめ決められている。 例えば製造時などに 発光特性が決定され、 発光特性に応じた抵抗値の抵抗器 1 〇が光源情報出 力部 1 1 として光源ユニッ ト 1 〇に設けられている。 The light source information output unit 11 includes, for example, a resistor 10. The first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 are divided into a plurality of stages according to their light emission characteristics, and the resistance of the resistor 10 that constitutes the light source information output unit 11 is divided into a plurality of stages at each of the plurality of stages. The value is predetermined. In the combination of lighting both the first light source section 21 and the second light source section 22 and the case of turning on only the first light source section 21, the resistance value of the resistor 81 is determined in advance. ing. For example, the light emission characteristics are determined at the time of manufacturing, and a resistor 10 having a resistance value corresponding to the light emission characteristics is provided in the light source unit 10 as the light source information output unit 11.
[0046] 光源情報出力部 1 1 に電流が出力されると、 抵抗器 1 〇の両端間に抵抗 器 1 0の抵抗値に応じた電圧が発生し、 この電圧値が第 1光源部 2 1及び 第 2光源部 2 2の発光特性に対応した光源情報となる。 ここにおいて、 「光 源情報」 とは、 第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2の発光特性に対応した情 報であり、 光源情報をもとに第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2の発光特性 を特定することができる。 第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2の発光特性は 、 例えば第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2の仕様 (光源ユニッ ト 1 0の仕 様) を表す情報である。 第 1光源部 2 1の仕様は、 第 1光源部 2 1への入力 電流、 入力電圧及び入力電力の少なくとも 1つに関する情報を含む。 第 2光 源部 2 2の仕様は、 第 2光源部 2 2への入力電流、 入力電圧及び入力電力の 少なくとも 1つに関する情報を含む。 なお、 上記の入力電流に関する情報に は、 第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2の光源定格電流値の情報を含む。 本 実施形態では、 第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2の仕様は、 第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2の入力電流に関する情報として光源定格電流値の情報 を含んでいる。 [0046] When a current is output to the light source information output unit 11, a voltage corresponding to the resistance value of the resistor 10 is generated across the resistor 10 and this voltage value is applied to the first light source unit 2 1 And light source information corresponding to the light emission characteristics of the second light source unit 22. Here, the “light source information” is information corresponding to the light emission characteristics of the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22, and based on the light source information, the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 2 The light emission characteristics of the light source unit 22 can be specified. The light emission characteristics of the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 are, for example, information indicating the specifications of the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 (specifications of the light source unit 10). The specifications of the first light source unit 21 include information on at least one of input current, input voltage, and input power to the first light source unit 21. The specifications of the second light source unit 22 include information on at least one of the input current, the input voltage, and the input power to the second light source unit 22. It should be noted that the above information on the input current includes information on the light source rated current values of the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22. In the present embodiment, the specifications of the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 include the light source rated current value information as the information about the input current of the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22. There is.
[0047] 点灯装置 1では、 制御部 4の電力制御部 4 1は、 第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2 光源部 2 2の光源定格電流値に応じて、 昇圧コンバータ回路 3 1の出力電圧 の目標電圧値を設定する。 電力制御部 4 1は、 昇圧コンバータ回路 3 1の出 〇 2020/175072 13 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 In the lighting device 1, the power control unit 41 of the control unit 4 controls the output voltage of the boost converter circuit 31 according to the light source rated current values of the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22. Set the target voltage value. The power control unit 41 is the output of the boost converter circuit 31. 〇 2020/175072 13 卩 (:171? 2020 /004472
力電圧が目標電圧値となるように、 昇圧コンバータ回路 3 1のスイッチング 素子を制御する。 つまり、 電力制御部 4 1は、 昇圧コンバータ回路 3 1の出 力電圧が目標電圧値となるように、 昇圧コンバータ回路 3 1 を定電圧制御す る。 また、 電力制御部 4 1は、 第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2の光源定 格電流値に応じて、 電力変換部 3の出力電流 I 1の目標電流値を設定する。 電力制御部 4 1は、 降圧コンパータ回路 3 2の出力電流 (電力変換部 3の出 力電流丨 1) が目標電流値になるように、 降圧コンバータ回路 3 2のスイッ チング素子を制御する。 つまり、 電力制御部 4 1は、 降圧コンバータ回路 3 2の出力電流が目標電流値となるように、 降圧コンバータ回路 3 2を定電流 制御する。 The switching element of the boost converter circuit 3 1 is controlled so that the input voltage becomes the target voltage value. That is, the power control unit 41 controls the boost converter circuit 3 1 at a constant voltage so that the output voltage of the boost converter circuit 3 1 becomes the target voltage value. In addition, the power control unit 41 sets the target current value of the output current I 1 of the power conversion unit 3 according to the light source rated current values of the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22. The power control unit 41 controls the switching element of the step-down converter circuit 3 2 so that the output current of the step-down comparator circuit 3 2 (output current 1 of the power conversion unit 3) becomes the target current value. That is, the power control unit 41 controls the step-down converter circuit 3 2 with a constant current so that the output current of the step-down converter circuit 3 2 becomes the target current value.
[0048] 上述した点灯装置 1は、 図 2に示すように、 車両 2 0 0 (図 3参照) に搭 載される前照灯装置である灯具 1 0 0に用いられる。 本実施形態の灯具 1 〇 〇は、 点灯装置 1 と、 第 1光源部 2 1 と、 第 2光源部 2 2と、 ハウジング 1 0 1 と、 を備える。 As shown in FIG. 2, the above-described lighting device 1 is used for a lamp 100 which is a headlamp device mounted on a vehicle 200 (see FIG. 3). The lamp 100 according to the present embodiment includes a lighting device 1, a first light source unit 21, a second light source unit 22 and a housing 10 1.
[0049] ハウジング 1 0 1は、 第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2を収納する。 灯 具 1 0 0は、 第 1光源部 2 1又は第 2光源部 2 2が取り付けられる複数 (図 2では 5つ) の灯体 1 1 0を備えている。 第 1光源部 2 1の !_巳 0 2 1 1が 取り付けられる各灯体 1 1 〇には、 レンズ 1 1 1 と、 反射板 1 1 2とが設け られている。 また、 第 2光源部 2 2の !_巳 0 2 2 1が取り付けられる各灯体 1 1 0には、 レンズ 1 1 1が設けられている。 The housing 1101 accommodates the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22. The lamp 100 includes a plurality of (five in FIG. 2) lamps 110 to which the first light source unit 21 or the second light source unit 22 is attached. Each lamp 1 10 to which !_ _ 0 2 1 1 of the first light source unit 21 is attached is provided with a lens 1 11 and a reflector 1 1 2. A lens 1 11 is provided in each lamp 1 10 to which the !_ _ 0 2 2 1 of the second light source unit 22 is attached.
[0050] 本実施形態の車両 2 0 0は、 図 3に示すように、 左右一対の灯具 1 0 0を 車体 2 0 1 に搭載している。 各灯具 1 〇〇の点灯装置 1は、 車両 2 0 0の運 転席に設けられた点灯スイッチ 3 1及び切替スイッチ 3 2と電気的に接 続されている。 点灯スイッチ
Figure imgf000015_0001
1のみがオンすると、 すれ違い用の前照灯 (各灯具 1 0 0の第1光源部2 1) が点灯する。 点灯スイッチ 3 \^/ 1及び切 替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2の両方がオンすると、 走行用の前照灯 (各灯具 1 0 0の第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2) が点灯する。
As shown in FIG. 3, the vehicle 200 according to the present embodiment has a pair of left and right lamps 100 mounted on a vehicle body 20 1. The lighting device 1 of each lamp 100 is electrically connected to the lighting switch 3 1 and the changeover switch 3 2 provided in the driver's seat of the vehicle 200. Lighting switch
Figure imgf000015_0001
When only 1 is turned on, the headlight for passing (first light source section 21 of each lamp 100) is turned on. When both the lighting switch 3 \^/ 1 and the switching switch 3 \^/ 2 are turned on, the headlights for traveling (the first light source section 2 1 and the second light source section 2 2 of each lamp 100) are turned on. Light.
[0051 ] (2) 動作例 〇 2020/175072 14 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 [0051] (2) Operation example 〇 2020/175072 14 卩 (: 171-1? 2020 /004472
次に、 実施形態 1の点灯装置 1の動作例 (制御方法) について図 4及び図 5を参照して説明する。 Next, an operation example (control method) of the lighting device 1 of the first embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 4 and 5.
[0052] まず、 第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2の両方を点灯させる接続状態か ら、 第 1光源部 2 1のみを点灯させる短絡状態に切り替える場合について図 4を参照して説明する。 つまり、 バイパススイッチ〇 1 をオフ状態からオン 状態に切り替える場合における点灯装置 1の動作例について説明する。 [0052] First, referring to Fig. 4, a case of switching from a connection state in which both the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 are turned on to a short-circuit state in which only the first light source unit 21 is turned on will be described. explain. That is, an operation example of the lighting device 1 when the bypass switch 0 1 is switched from the off state to the on state will be described.
[0053] 第 2光源部 2 2を消灯するために、 運転手が、 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2をオン 状態からオフ状態に切り替える操作を行う。 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2がオン状態 からオフ状態に切り替わった場合、 まず、 スイッチ制御部 4 2が、 バイパス スイッチ 0 1 をオフ状態からオン状態に切り替える (ステップ 3 1) 。 これ により、 第 2光源部 2 2が短絡する。 その後、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出力電流 I 1の電流値を切り替える (ステップ 3 2) 。 [0053] In order to turn off the second light source unit 22, the driver performs an operation of switching the changeover switch 3 \^/2 from the ON state to the OFF state. When the changeover switch 3 \^/ 2 is switched from the ON state to the OFF state, first, the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the OFF state to the ON state (step 3 1). As a result, the second light source unit 22 is short-circuited. After that, the power control unit 41 switches the current value of the output current I 1 (step 32).
[0054] 次に、 第 1光源部 2 1のみを点灯させる短絡状態から、 第 1光源部 2 1及 び第 2光源部 2 2の両方を点灯させる接続状態に切り替える場合について図 5を参照して説明する。 つまり、 バイパススイッチ〇 1 をオン状態からオフ 状態に切り替える場合における点灯装置 1の動作例について説明する。 [0054] Next, referring to Fig. 5, in the case of switching from a short-circuit state in which only the first light source unit 21 is turned on to a connection state in which both the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 are turned on, Explain. That is, an operation example of the lighting device 1 when the bypass switch 0 1 is switched from the on state to the off state will be described.
[0055] 第 2光源部 2 2を点灯するために、 運転手が、 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2をオフ 状態からオン状態に切り替える操作を行う。 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2がオフ状態 からオン状態に切り替わった場合、 まず、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出力電流 I 1 の電流値を切り替える (ステップ 3 1 1) 。 この段階では、 第 2光源部 2 2 が短絡したままである。 その後、 スイッチ制御部 4 2が、 バイパススイッチ 0 1 をオン状態からオフ状態に切り替える (ステップ 3 1 2) 。 [0055] In order to turn on the second light source unit 22, the driver performs an operation of switching the changeover switch 3 \^/2 from the off state to the on state. When the changeover switch 3 \^/ 2 is switched from the off state to the on state, first, the power control unit 4 1 switches the current value of the output current I 1 (step 3 1 1). At this stage, the second light source unit 22 is still short-circuited. After that, the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the ON state to the OFF state (step 3 12).
[0056] 次に、 短絡状態における出力電流丨 1の目標値 (第 1 目標値 1 1 1) が接 続状態における出力電流丨 1の目標値 (第 2目標値 I 1 2) よりも大きい場 合について図 6及び図 7を参照して説明する。 上記の場合とは、 第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2の両方が用いられるときの出力電流 I 1 よりも、 第 1光源部 2 1のみが用いられるときの出力電流丨 1の方が大きい場合である 〇 2020/175072 15 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 [0056] Next, when the target value of the output current 丨1 in the short circuit state (first target value 1 1 1) is larger than the target value of the output current 丨1 in the connected state (second target value I 1 2). The case will be described with reference to FIGS. 6 and 7. The above case means that the output current I 1 when only the first light source unit 2 1 is used is more than the output current I 1 when both the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 are used. When is bigger 〇 2020/175072 15 卩 (:171? 2020 /004472
[0057] 最初に、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態が接続状態から短絡状態に切り替えられる 際の動作について図 6を参照して説明する。 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2をオン状態 からオフ状態に切り替える操作が行われると、 図 6に示すように、 まず、 ス イッチ制御部 4 2が、 バイパススイッチ 0 1 をオフ状態からオン状態に切り 替える (時点 1 1) 。 このとき、 出力電流丨 1が第 2目標値丨 1 2で一定 のまま、 出力電圧 V 1が第 1光源部 2 1のみに印加されるため、 出力電圧 V 1が低下する。 その後、 電力制御部 4 1が、 電力変換部 3を制御して出力電 流丨 1の電流値を第 2目標値丨 1 2から第 1 目標値丨 1 1 に切り替える (時 点 1: 1 2) 〇 First, the operation when the state of the second light source unit 22 is switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state will be described with reference to FIG. When the changeover switch 3 \^/ 2 is switched from the ON state to the OFF state, as shown in Fig. 6, first, the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the OFF state to the ON state. Change (point 1 1). At this time, the output voltage V 1 is applied only to the first light source unit 21 while the output current I 1 remains constant at the second target value I 12 so that the output voltage V 1 decreases. After that, the power control unit 41 controls the power conversion unit 3 to switch the current value of the output current 1 from the second target value 1 2 to the first target value 1 1 (time point 1: 1 2 ) 〇
[0058] 上記より、 時点 1: 1 1でバイパススイッチ〇 1がオン状態になったことに より、 時点 1 1 1以降では第 2光源部 2 2には出力電流丨 1が流れなくなる 。 これにより、 時点 1: 1 1から時点 1: 1 2までの期間丁 1 1 において、 第 2 光源部 2 2に過電流 (第 2目標値丨 1 2よりも大きい第 1 目標値丨 1 1の出 力電流丨 1) が流れることを抑制できる。 一方、 バイパススイッチ
Figure imgf000017_0001
が才 ン状態になる前に、 出力電流丨 1が第 1 目標値丨 1 1 になると、 本来流れる ことを想定していない第 1 目標値丨 1 1の出力電流丨 1が過電流として第 2 光源部 2 2に流れる。 なお、 期間丁 1 1は、 一例として 5 0 0 3であるが 、 この数値に限らない。
As described above, since the bypass switch 〇 1 is turned on at the time point 1: 11 1, the output current 丨 1 does not flow to the second light source unit 2 2 after the time point 11 1 1. As a result, in the period 1 1 from time 1:1 1 to time 1:1 12, the overcurrent (the first target value 1 1 1 2 which is larger than the second target value 1 1 2 1 2 The output current 1) can be suppressed from flowing. Meanwhile, bypass switch
Figure imgf000017_0001
If the output current (1) reaches the first target value (11 1) before the output current becomes 1st, the output current (1) of the first target value (1 1) 1 which is not supposed to flow originally becomes the second current as the overcurrent. It flows to the light source section 22. It should be noted that period 11 is 5003 as an example, but the number is not limited to this.
[0059] 次に、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態が短絡状態から接続状態に切り替えられる際 の動作について図 7を参照して説明する。 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2をオフ状態か らオン状態に切り替える操作が行われると、 図 7に示すように、 電力制御部 4 1が、 電力変換部 3を制御して出力電流 I 1の電流値を第 1 目標値丨 1 1 から第 2目標値 I 1 2に切り替える (時点 I 1 3) 。 その後、 スイッチ制御 部 4 2が、 バイパススイッチ〇 1 をオン状態からオフ状態に切り替える (時
Figure imgf000017_0002
このとき、 負荷が第 1光源部 2 1 と第 2光源部 2 2との両方に なるが、 電力制御部 4 1の定電流制御により、 出力電流丨 1の電流値を第 2 目標値丨 1 2に保っ。
Next, the operation when the state of the second light source unit 22 is switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state will be described with reference to FIG. When the operation to switch the changeover switch 3 \^/ 2 from the off state to the on state is performed, the power control unit 41 controls the power conversion unit 3 to output the current I 1 as shown in Fig. 7. Switch the value from the first target value 11 1 to the second target value I 1 2 (time point I 13). After that, the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 〇 1 from the ON state to the OFF state (
Figure imgf000017_0002
At this time, the load is applied to both the first light source unit 2 1 and the second light source unit 2 2, but the current value of the output current 1 is set to the second target value 1 1 by the constant current control of the power control unit 4 1. Keep it at 2.
[0060] 上記より、 時点 1: 1 3から時点 1: 1 4までの期間丁 1 2において、 時点 〇 2020/175072 16 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 [0060] From the above, in the period from 1:1 3 to 1:1 4 〇 2020/175072 16 卩(:171? 2020/004472
1 4でバイパススイッチ〇 1がオフ状態になったことにより、 第 2光源部 2 2に過電流 (第 2目標値丨 1 2よりも大きい第 1 目標値丨 1 1の出力電流 I 1) が流れることを抑制できる。 なお、 期間丁 1 2は、 一例として 5 0 0 3であるが、 この数値に限らない。 Due to the bypass switch 〇 1 being turned off at 1 4, there is an overcurrent (the output current I 1 of the 1st target value 1 1 1 2 which is larger than the 2nd target value 1 1 2) in the 2nd light source part 22. It can suppress the flow. Note that the period 12 is, for example, 5003, but the number is not limited to this.
[0061 ] 次に、 短絡状態における出力電流丨 1の目標値 (第 1 目標値 1 1 1) が接 続状態における出力電流丨 1の目標値 (第 2目標値 I 1 2) よりも小さい場 合について図 8及び図 9を参照して説明する。 上記の場合とは、 第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2の両方が用いられるときの出力電流 I 1 よりも、 第 1光源部 2 1のみが用いられるときの出力電流丨 1の方が小さい場合である [0061] Next, when the target value of the output current 丨1 in the short circuit state (first target value 1 1 1) is smaller than the target value of the output current 丨1 in the connected state (second target value I 1 2). The case will be described with reference to FIGS. 8 and 9. The above case means that the output current I 1 when only the first light source unit 2 1 is used is more than the output current I 1 when both the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 are used. When is smaller
[0062] 最初に、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態が接続状態から短絡状態に切り替えられる 際の動作について図 8を参照して説明する。 切替スイッチ 3 2をオン状態 からオフ状態に切り替える操作が行われると、 図 8に示すように、 まず、 ス イッチ制御部 4 2が、 バイパススイッチ 0 1 をオフ状態からオン状態に切り 替える (時点 I 1 5) 。 このとき、 出力電流丨 1が第 2目標値丨 1 2で一定 のまま、 出力電圧 V 1が第 1光源部 2 1のみに印加されるため、 出力電圧 V 1が低下する。 その後、 電力制御部 4 1が、 電力変換部 3を制御して出力電 流丨 1の電流値を第 2目標値丨 1 2から第 1 目標値丨 1 1 に切り替える (時 点 1: 1 6) 〇 First, the operation when the state of the second light source unit 22 is switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state will be described with reference to FIG. When the operation of switching the changeover switch 3 2 from the ON state to the OFF state is performed, as shown in FIG. 8, first, the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the OFF state to the ON state (at the time point). I 15). At this time, the output voltage V 1 is applied only to the first light source unit 21 while the output current I 1 remains constant at the second target value I 12 so that the output voltage V 1 decreases. After that, the power control unit 41 controls the power conversion unit 3 to switch the current value of the output current 1 from the second target value 1 2 to the first target value 1 1 (time point 1: 1 6 ) 〇
[0063] 上記より、 このような場合であっても、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態を接続状態 から短絡状態に正常に切り替えることができる。 第 2光源部 2 2に過電流が 流れない。 なお、 時点 1: 1 5から時点 1: 1 6までの期間丁 1 3は、 一例とし て 5 0 0 3であるが、 この数値に限らない。 From the above, even in such a case, the state of the second light source unit 22 can be normally switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state. Overcurrent does not flow to the second light source section 22. It should be noted that the period 13 from the time point 1:15 to the time point 1:16 is 5003 as an example, but the number is not limited to this.
[0064] 次に、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態が短絡状態から接続状態に切り替えられる際 の動作について図 9を参照して説明する。 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2をオフ状態か らオン状態に切り替える操作が行われると、 図 9に示すように、 電力制御部 4 1が、 電力変換部 3を制御して出力電流 I 1の電流値を第 1 目標値丨 1 1 から第 2目標値 I 1 2に切り替える (時点 I 1 7) 。 その後、 スイッチ制御 〇 2020/175072 17 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 Next, the operation when the state of the second light source unit 22 is switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state will be described with reference to FIG. When the operation to switch the changeover switch 3 \^/ 2 from the off state to the on state is performed, the power control unit 41 controls the power conversion unit 3 to output the current I 1 as shown in Fig. 9. Switch the value from the 1st target value 1 1 1 to the 2nd target value I 1 2 (time point I 17). Then switch control 〇 2020/175072 17 卩(:171? 2020/004472
部 4 2が、 バイパススイッチ〇 1 をオン状態からオフ状態に切り替える (時 点 I 1 8 ) 。 このとき、 負荷が第 1光源部 2 1 と第 2光源部 2 2との両方に なるが、 電力制御部 4 1の定電流制御により、 出力電流丨 1の電流値を第 2 目標値丨 1 2に保っ。 Part 42 switches the bypass switch 〇 1 from the on state to the off state (time point I 18 ). At this time, the load is applied to both the first light source unit 2 1 and the second light source unit 2 2, but the current value of the output current 1 is set to the second target value 1 1 by the constant current control of the power control unit 4 1. Keep it at 2.
[0065] 上記より、 このような場合であっても、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態を短絡状態 から接続状態に正常に切り替えることができる。 第 2光源部 2 2に過電流が 流れない。 なお、 時点 1: 1 7から時点 1: 1 8までの期間丁 1 4は、 一例とし て 5 0 0 3であるが、 この数値に限らない。 From the above, even in such a case, the state of the second light source unit 22 can be normally switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state. Overcurrent does not flow to the second light source section 22. It should be noted that the period 14 from the time point 1:17 to the time point 1:18 is 5003 as an example, but it is not limited to this value.
[0066] ( 3 ) 効果 [0066] (3) Effect
実施形態 1 に係る点灯装置 1では、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態を接続状態から 短絡状態に切り替えた後に、 出力電流丨 1の大きさを切り替える。 これによ り、 短絡状態における出力電流丨 1の第 1 目標値丨 1 1が接続状態における 出力電流丨 1の第 2目標値丨 1 2より大きい場合であっても、 出力電流丨 1 の大きさを切り替える前に、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態を短絡状態にすることが できる。 その結果、 第 2光源部 2 2に過電流が流れることを抑制できる。 In the lighting device 1 according to the first embodiment, after switching the state of the second light source unit 22 from the connected state to the short-circuited state, the magnitude of the output current 1 is switched. As a result, even if the first target value 1 1 of the output current 1 in the short-circuited state is larger than the second target value 1 2 of the output current 1 in the connected state, the magnitude of the output current 1 is large. The state of the second light source unit 22 can be set to the short-circuited state before switching the height. As a result, it is possible to prevent the overcurrent from flowing through the second light source unit 22.
[0067] 実施形態 1 に係る点灯装置 1では、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態を短絡状態から 接続状態に切り替える前に、 出力電流丨 1の大きさを切り替える。 これによ り、 短絡状態における出力電流丨 1の第 1 目標値丨 1 1が接続状態における 出力電流丨 1の第 2目標値丨 1 2よりも大きい場合であっても、 第 2光源部 2 2に過電流が流れることを抑制できる。 In the lighting device 1 according to the first embodiment, the magnitude of the output current 1 is switched before switching the state of the second light source unit 22 from the short-circuited state to the connected state. As a result, even when the first target value 1 1 of the output current 1 in the short circuit state is larger than the second target value 1 2 of the output current 1 in the connected state, the second light source unit 2 It is possible to suppress the overcurrent from flowing into 2.
[0068] 実施形態 1 に係る点灯装置 1では、 接続状態では、 バイパススイッチ〇 1 がオフ状態であり、 短絡状態では、 バイパススイッチ〇 1がオン状態である 。 これにより、 第 2光源部 2 2における接続状態と短絡状態との切替えを容 易に行うことができる。 In the lighting device 1 according to the first embodiment, the bypass switch 〇 1 is off in the connected state, and the bypass switch 〇 1 is on in the short-circuited state. This makes it possible to easily switch between the connected state and the short-circuited state in the second light source unit 22.
[0069] 実施形態 1 に係る点灯装置 1では、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態が接続状態から 短絡状態に切り替えられる場合、 スイッチ制御部 4 2がバイパススイッチ〇 1 をオフ状態からオン状態に切り替えた後に、 電力制御部 4 1が出力電流丨 1の大きさを切り替える。 これにより、 出力電流丨 1の大きさを容易に切り 〇 2020/175072 18 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 In the lighting device 1 according to the first embodiment, when the state of the second light source unit 22 is switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state, the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 〇 1 from the off state to the on state. After that, the power control unit 41 switches the magnitude of the output current 丨1. This makes it easy to cut the output current 1 〇 2020/175072 18 卩 (:171? 2020 /004472
替えることができる。 Can be changed.
[0070] 実施形態 1 に係る点灯装置 1では、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態が短絡状態から 接続状態に切り替えられる場合、 スイツチ制御部 4 2がバイパススイツチ〇 1 をオン状態からオフ状態に切り替える前に、 電力制御部 4 1が出力電流 I 1の大きさを切り替える。 これにより、 出力電流丨 1の大きさを容易に切り 替えることができる。 In the lighting device 1 according to the first embodiment, when the state of the second light source unit 22 is switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state, the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 〇 1 from the ON state to the OFF state. Before that, the power control unit 41 switches the magnitude of the output current I 1. As a result, the size of the output current 1 can be easily switched.
[0071 ] (実施形態 2 ) [0071] (Embodiment 2)
実施形態 2に係る点灯装置 1は、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態が切り替えられる 際に、 出力電流丨 1の電流値を、 第 1 目標値丨 1 1及び第 2目標値丨 1 2の うちのいずれか小さいほうの値とする点で、 実施形態 1 に係る点灯装置 1 と 相違する。 なお、 実施形態 2に係る点灯装置 1 に関し、 実施形態 1 に係る点 灯装置 1 と同様の構成要素については、 同一の符号を付して説明を省略する In the lighting device 1 according to the second embodiment, when the state of the second light source unit 22 is switched, the current value of the output current 丨1 is set to the one of the first target value 丨11 and the second target value 伨12. The lighting device 1 according to the first embodiment differs from the lighting device 1 according to the first embodiment in that whichever is smaller. With regard to the lighting device 1 according to the second embodiment, the same components as those of the lighting device 1 according to the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.
[0072] ( 1 ) 構成 [0072] (1) Configuration
実施形態 2の点灯装置 1では、 電力制御部 4 1は、 バイパススイッチ〇 1 の切替以前に出力電流丨 1の電流値を、 短絡状態における出力電流丨 1の第 1 目標値丨 1 1及び接続状態における出力電流丨 1の第 2目標値 I 1 2のう ちのいずれか小さいほうの電流値とする。 ここで、 「バイパススイッチ〇 1 の切替以前」 は、 バイパススイッチ〇 1の切替よりも前のタイミングと、 バ イパススイッチ〇 1の切替と同時のタイミングとの両方を含む意味である。 In the lighting device 1 of the second embodiment, the power control unit 4 1 sets the current value of the output current 1 before switching the bypass switch 〇 1 to the first target value 1 1 of the output current 1 in the short-circuited state and the connection. The output current in the state is the smaller of the second target value I 1 2 of I 1 2 whichever is smaller. Here, “before the switching of the bypass switch 0 1 ”includes both the timing before the switching of the bypass switch 0 1 and the timing at the same time as the switching of the bypass switch 0 1.
[0073] また、 電力制御部 4 1は、 バイパススイッチ〇 1の切替以後に出力電流丨 [0073] Further, the power control unit 41 outputs the output current after switching the bypass switch 0 1.
1の電流値を、 第 1 目標値丨 1 1及び第 2目標値 I 1 2のうち、 切替後の第 2光源部 2 2の状態における出力電流 I 1の目標値とする。 ここで、 「バイ パススイッチ〇 1の切替以後」 は、 バイパススイッチ〇 1の切替と同時の夕 イミングと、 バイパススイッチ〇 1の切替よりも後のタイミングとを含む意 味である。 The current value of 1 is the target value of the output current I 1 in the state of the second light source unit 2 2 after the switching among the first target value 11 1 and the second target value I 12. Here, “after the switching of the bypass switch 0 1 ”is meant to include the timing of the switching of the bypass switch 0 1 and the timing after the switching of the bypass switch 0 1.
[0074] ( 2 ) 動作例 [0074] (2) Operation example
実施形態 2の点灯装置 1の動作例について図 1 0を参照して説明する。 〇 2020/175072 19 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 An operation example of the lighting device 1 of the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 〇 2020/175072 19 卩(:171? 2020/004472
[0075] まず、 第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2の両方を点灯させる接続状態か ら、 第 1光源部 2 1のみを点灯させる短絡状態に切り替える場合について図 1 〇を参照して説明する。 つまり、 バイパススイッチ〇 1 をオフ状態から才 ン状態に切り替える場合における点灯装置 1の動作例について説明する。 [0075] First, refer to Fig. 10 for the case of switching from the connection state in which both the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 are turned on to the short-circuit state in which only the first light source unit 21 is turned on. Explain. That is, an operation example of the lighting device 1 when the bypass switch 0 1 is switched from the off state to the power state will be described.
[0076] 第 2光源部 2 2を消灯するために、 運転手が、 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2をオン 状態からオフ状態に切り替える操作を行う。 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2がオン状態 からオフ状態に切り替わった場合、 まず、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出力電流 I 1 の電流値を、 第 1 目標値丨 1 1及び第 2目標値丨 1 2のいずれか小さいほう の値とする (ステップ 3 2 1) 。 その後、 スイッチ制御部 4 2が、 バイパス スイッチ〇 1 をオフ状態からオン状態に切り替える (ステップ 3 2 2) 。 そ の後、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出力電流 I 1の電流値を第 1 目標値丨 1 1 (切替 後の第 2光源部 2 2の状態における出力電流 I 1の目標値) とする (ステッ プ3 2 3) 0 [0076] In order to turn off the second light source unit 22, the driver performs an operation of switching the changeover switch 3 \^/2 from the ON state to the OFF state. When the changeover switch 3 \^/ 2 is switched from the ON state to the OFF state, first, the power control unit 41 sets the current value of the output current I 1 to the first target value 1 1 and the second target value 1 1 Take the smaller of 2 (step 3 2 1). After that, the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the off state to the on state (step 3 2 2). After that, the power control unit 41 sets the current value of the output current I 1 to the first target value 1 1 (the target value of the output current I 1 in the state of the second light source unit 2 2 after switching) ( Step 3 2 3) 0
[0077] 次に、 第 1光源部 2 1のみを点灯させる短絡状態から、 第 1光源部 2 1及 び第 2光源部 2 2の両方を点灯させる接続状態に切り替える場合について図 1 〇を参照して説明する。 つまり、 バイパススイッチ〇 1 をオン状態から才 フ状態に切り替える場合における点灯装置 1の動作例について説明する。 [0077] Next, referring to Fig. 10 regarding switching from the short-circuit state in which only the first light source unit 21 is turned on to the connection state in which both the first light source unit 2 1 and the second light source unit 2 2 are turned on. And explain. That is, an operation example of the lighting device 1 in the case where the bypass switch 0 1 is switched from the ON state to the successful state will be described.
[0078] 第 2光源部 2 2を点灯するために、 運転手が、 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2をオフ 状態からオン状態に切り替える操作を行う。 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2がオフ状態 からオン状態に切り替わった場合、 まず、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出力電流 I 1 の電流値を、 第 1 目標値丨 1 1及び第 2目標値丨 1 2のいずれか小さいほう の値とする (ステップ 3 2 1) 。 その後、 スイッチ制御部 4 2が、 バイパス スイッチ〇 1 をオン状態からオフ状態に切り替える (ステップ 3 2 2) 。 そ の後、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出力電流 I 1の電流値を第 2目標値 I 1 2 (切替 後の第 2光源部 2 2の状態における出力電流 I 1の目標値) とする (ステッ プ3 2 3) 0 [0078] In order to turn on the second light source unit 22, the driver performs an operation of switching the changeover switch 3 \^/2 from the off state to the on state. When the changeover switch 3 \^/ 2 is switched from the off state to the on state, first, the power control section 41 sets the current value of the output current I 1 to the first target value 1 1 and the second target value 1 1 Take the smaller of 2 (step 3 2 1). After that, the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the on state to the off state (step 3 2 2). After that, the power control unit 41 sets the current value of the output current I 1 as the second target value I 1 2 (the target value of the output current I 1 in the state of the second light source unit 2 2 after switching) ( Step 3 2 3) 0
[0079] 次に、 短絡状態における出力電流丨 1の目標値 (第 1 目標値 1 1 1) が接 続状態における出力電流丨 1の目標値 (第 2目標値 I 1 2) よりも大きい場 〇 2020/175072 20 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 合について図 1 1及び図 1 2を参照して説明する。 [0079] Next, when the target value of the output current 丨1 in the short circuit state (first target value 1 1 1) is larger than the target value of the output current 丨1 in the connected state (second target value I 1 2). 〇 20/20/175072 (:171?2020/004472) will be described with reference to FIGS. 11 and 12.
[0080] 最初に、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態が接続状態から短絡状態に切り替えられる 際の動作について図 1 1 を参照して説明する。 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2をオン状 態からオフ状態に切り替える操作が行われると、 図 1 1 に示すように、 まず 、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出力電流丨 1の電流値を、 第 1 目標値丨 1 1及び第 2 目標値丨 1 2のいずれか小さいほうの値 (第 2目標値 I 1 2) とする (時点 1 2 1 1) 。 時点 I 2 1 1 において、 出力電流丨 1の電流値は既に第 2目標 値丨 1 2であるため、 出力電流丨 1の電流値は変わらない。 その後、 スイッ チ制御部 4 2が、 バイパススイッチ 0 1 をオフ状態からオン状態に切り替え る (時点 2 1 2) 。 このとき、 出力電流丨 1が第 2目標値 I 1 2で一定の まま、 出力電圧 V 1が第 1光源部 2 1のみに印加されるため、 出力電圧 V 1 が低下する。 その後、 電力制御部 4 1が、 電力変換部 3を制御して出力電流 I 1の電流値を第 2目標値丨 1 2から第 1 目標値丨 1 1 に切り替える (時点 1 2 2) 。 First, the operation when the state of the second light source unit 22 is switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state will be described with reference to FIG. When the changeover switch 3 \^/ 2 is switched from the ON state to the OFF state, the power control unit 41 first changes the current value of the output current 丨1 to The smaller value of the target value 1 1 1 and the second target value 1 1 2 (the second target value I 1 2) is set (time point 1 2 1 1). At the time point I 2 1 1, the current value of the output current 侨 1 is already the second target value 伨 12 so that the current value of the output current 侨 1 does not change. After that, the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the off state to the on state (time point 2 1 2). At this time, the output voltage V 1 is applied only to the first light source unit 21 while the output current I 1 remains constant at the second target value I 1 2, so the output voltage V 1 decreases. After that, the power control unit 41 controls the power conversion unit 3 to switch the current value of the output current I 1 from the second target value 1 12 to the first target value 1 1 (time points 1 2 2).
[0081 ] 上記より、 時点 I 2 1 2でバイパススイッチ〇 1がオン状態になったこと により、 時点 1 2 1 2以降では第 2光源部 2 2には出力電流 I 1が流れなく なる。 これにより、 時点 2 1 2から時点 2 2までの期間丁 2 1 において 、 第 2光源部 2 2に過電流 (第 2目標値丨 1 2よりも大きい第 1 目標値丨 1 1の出力電流丨 1) が流れることを抑制できる。 なお、 期間丁 2 1は、 一例 として 5 0 0 £であるが、 この数値に限らない。 また、 時点 1 2 1 1での 動作と時点 1 2 1 2での動作は同時に実行されてもよい。 As described above, since the bypass switch 〇 1 is turned on at the time point I 2 1 2, the output current I 1 stops flowing to the second light source unit 2 2 after the time point 1 2 1 2. As a result, in the period 21 from the time point 2 1 2 to the time point 22 2, the overcurrent (the 1st target value 1 1 1 1 which is larger than the 2nd target value 1 1 2) of the overcurrent in the 2nd light source part 2 2 is detected. 1) can be prevented from flowing. It should be noted that the period D21 is, for example, 500 £, but the number is not limited to this. Further, the operation at time point 1 2 1 1 1 and the operation at time point 1 2 1 1 2 may be executed simultaneously.
[0082] 次に、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態が短絡状態から接続状態に切り替えられる際 の動作について図 1 2を参照して説明する。 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2をオフ状態 からオン状態に切り替える操作が行われると、 図 1 2に示すように、 まず、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出力電流丨 1の電流値を、 第 1 目標値丨 1 1及び第 2目 標値丨 1 2のいずれか小さいほうの値 (第 2目標値 I 1 2) とする (時点 I 2 3) 。 その後、 スイッチ制御部 4 2が、 バイパススイッチ〇 1 をオン状態 からオフ状態に切り替える (時点 1 2 4 1) 。 このとき、 負荷が第 1光源部 \¥0 2020/175072 21 卩(:17 2020 /004472 Next, the operation when the state of the second light source unit 22 is switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state will be described with reference to FIG. When the operation to switch the changeover switch 3 \^/ 2 from the off state to the on state is performed, the power control unit 41 first changes the current value of the output current 1 to the first target as shown in Fig. 12. The smaller value of the value 1 1 and the second target value 1 2 (second target value I 1 2) shall be used (time point I 2 3). After that, the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the ON state to the OFF state (time point 1 2 4 1). At this time, the load is the first light source \\0 2020/175072 21 卩 (: 17 2020 /004472
2 1 と第 2光源部 2 2との両方になるが、 電力制御部 4 1の定電流制御によ り、 出力電流丨 1の電流値を第 2目標値 I 1 2に保つ。 その後、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出力電流丨 1の電流値を第 1 目標値丨 1 1 とする (時点 I 2 4 2) Although it becomes both 2 1 and the second light source unit 22, the constant current control of the power control unit 4 1 keeps the current value of the output current I 1 at the second target value I 1 2. After that, the power control unit 41 sets the current value of the output current 丨1 to the first target value 丨11 (time point I242).
[0083] 上記より、 時点 1 2 3で出力電流丨 1の電流値が第 2目標値丨 1 2となり 、 時点 2 4 1でバイパススイッチ〇 1がオフ状態になったことにより、 第 2光源部 2 2に過電流 (第 2目標値丨 1 2よりも大きい第 1 目標値丨 1 1の 出力電流丨 1) が流れることを抑制できる。 なお、 時点 1 2 3から時点 1 2 4 1 までの期間丁 2 2は、 一例として 5 0 0 3であるが、 この数値に限ら ない。 また、 時点 1 2 4 1での動作と時点 1 2 4 2での動作は同時に実行さ れてもよい。 [0083] From the above, the current value of the output current 丨1 becomes the second target value 丨12 at the time point 1 2 3 and the bypass switch 〇 1 is turned off at the time point 2 4 1, so that the second light source unit is turned off. It is possible to suppress the flow of overcurrent (output current of 1st target value 11 1 larger than 2nd target value 1 1 2) to 2 2. It should be noted that the period 22 2 from the time point 1 2 3 to the time point 1 2 4 1 is 500 3 as an example, but it is not limited to this number. Also, the operation at time point 1 2 4 1 and the operation at time point 1 2 4 2 may be executed simultaneously.
[0084] 次に、 短絡状態における出力電流 I 1の目標値 (第 1 目標値 1 1 1) が接 続状態における出力電流丨 1の目標値 (第 2目標値 I 1 2) よりも小さい場 合について図 1 3及び図 1 4を参照して説明する。 [0084] Next, when the target value of the output current I 1 in the short circuit state (first target value 1 1 1) is smaller than the target value of the output current I 1 in the connected state (second target value I 1 2). The case will be described with reference to FIGS. 13 and 14.
[0085] 最初に、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態が接続状態から短絡状態に切り替えられる 際の動作について図 1 3を参照して説明する。 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2をオン状 態からオフ状態に切り替える操作が行われると、 図 1 3に示すように、 まず 、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出力電流丨 1の電流値を、 第 1 目標値丨 1 1及び第 2 目標値丨 1 2のいずれか小さいほうの値 (第 1 目標値 I 1 1) とする (時点 1 2 5) 。 つまり、 電力制御部 4 1が、 電力変換部 3を制御して出力電流 I 1の電流値を第 2目標値 I 1 2から第 1 目標値 I 1 1 に切り替える。 その後 、 スイッチ制御部 4 2が、 バイパススイッチ〇 1 をオフ状態からオン状態に 切り替える (時点 2 6 1) 。 このとき、 出力電流丨 1が第 1 目標値丨 1 1 で一定のまま、 出力電圧 V 1が第 1光源部 2 1のみに印加されるため、 出力 電圧 V 1が低下する。 その後、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出力電流丨 1の電流値を 第 1 目標値丨 1 1 とする (時点 I 2 6 2) 。 First, the operation when the state of the second light source unit 22 is switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state will be described with reference to FIG. When the changeover switch 3 \^/ 2 is switched from the ON state to the OFF state, as shown in Fig. 13, first, the power control unit 4 1 changes the current value of the output current 1 to The smaller of the target value 1 1 and the second target value 1 1 2 (first target value I 1 1) is set (points 1 2 5). That is, the power control unit 41 controls the power conversion unit 3 to switch the current value of the output current I 1 from the second target value I 1 2 to the first target value I 1 1. After that, the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 〇 1 from the off state to the on state (time point 2 61 ). At this time, since the output voltage V 1 is applied only to the first light source unit 21 while the output current I 1 remains constant at the first target value I 1 1, the output voltage V 1 drops. After that, the power control unit 41 sets the current value of the output current I 1 to the first target value I 1 1 (time point I 2 6 2).
[0086] 上記より、 このような場合であっても、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態を接続状態 から短絡状態に正常に切り替えることができる。 第 2光源部 2 2に過電流が 〇 2020/175072 22 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 From the above, even in such a case, the state of the second light source unit 22 can be normally switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state. Overcurrent in the second light source section 22 〇 2020/175072 22 卩 (:171? 2020 /004472
流れない。 なお、 時点 1 2 5から時点 1 2 6 1 までの期間丁 2 3は、 一例と して 5 0 0 3であるが、 この数値に限らない。 また、 時点 I 2 6 1での動 作と時点 1 2 6 2での動作は同時に実行されてもよい。 Not flowing. Note that the period 23 from the time point 125 to the time point 1261 is 5003 as an example, but it is not limited to this number. Also, the operation at time point I 2 6 1 and the operation at time point 1 2 6 2 may be executed simultaneously.
[0087] 次に、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態が短絡状態から接続状態に切り替えられる際 の動作について図 1 4を参照して説明する。 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2をオフ状態 からオン状態に切り替える操作が行われると、 図 1 4に示すように、 まず、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出力電流丨 1の電流値を、 第 1 目標値丨 1 1及び第 2目 標値丨 1 2のいずれか小さいほうの値 (第 1 目標値 I 1 1) とする (時点 I 2 7 1) 。 その後、 スイッチ制御部 4 2が、 バイパススイッチ〇 1 をオン状 態からオフ状態に切り替える (時点 1 2 7 2) 。 負荷が第 1光源部 2 1 と第 2光源部 2 2との両方になるが、 電力制御部 4 1の定電流制御により、 出力 電流丨 1の電流値を第 1 目標値丨 1 1 に保つ。 その後、 電力制御部 4 1が、 電力変換部 3を制御して出力電流 I 1の電流値を第 1 目標値丨 1 1から第 2 目標値丨 1 2に切り替える (時点 2 8) 。 Next, the operation when the state of the second light source unit 22 is switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state will be described with reference to FIG. When the changeover switch 3 \^/ 2 is switched from the off state to the on state, as shown in Fig. 14, first, the power control unit 41 sets the current value of the output current 1 to the first target value. The smaller value of the value 1 1 and the second target value 1 2 (first target value I 1 1) shall be used (time point I 2 7 1). After that, the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the on state to the off state (time point 1 27 2). The load is both the first light source unit 2 1 and the second light source unit 2 2, but the current value of the output current 1 is kept at the 1st target value 1 1 1 by the constant current control of the power control unit 4 1. .. After that, the power control section 41 controls the power conversion section 3 to switch the current value of the output current I 1 from the first target value 11 1 to the second target value 12 1 (time point 28).
[0088] 上記より、 このような場合であっても、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態を短絡状態 から接続状態に正常に切り替えることができる。 第 2光源部 2 2に過電流が 流れない。 なお、 時点 1 2 7 2から時点 1 2 8までの期間丁 2 4は、 一例と して 5 0 0 3であるが、 この数値に限らない。 また、 時点 I 2 7 1での動 作と時点 1 2 7 2での動作は同時に実行されてもよい。 From the above, even in such a case, the state of the second light source unit 22 can be normally switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state. Overcurrent does not flow to the second light source section 22. It should be noted that the period 224 from the time point 127 2 to the time point 1 228 is 500 3 as an example, but it is not limited to this number. Also, the operation at time point I 2 7 1 and the operation at time point 1 2 7 2 may be executed simultaneously.
[0089] (3) 効果 [0089] (3) Effect
実施形態 2に係る点灯装置 1では、 バイパススイッチ 0 1の切替以前に出 力電流丨 1の電流値を第 1 目標値丨 1 1及び第 2目標値丨 1 2のうちのいず れか小さいほうの電流値とする。 これにより、 第 2光源部 2 2に過電流が流 れることを精度よく抑制できる。 In the lighting device 1 according to the second embodiment, the current value of the output current 丨 1 before switching the bypass switch 0 1 is the smaller of the first target value 伨 1 1 and the second target value 伨 1 2. This is the current value. As a result, it is possible to accurately prevent the overcurrent from flowing through the second light source unit 22.
[0090] (実施形態 3) [0090] (Embodiment 3)
実施形態 3に係る点灯装置 1は、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態を切り替える際に 、 出力電流丨 1の電流値を、 第 1 目標値丨 1 1及び第 2目標値丨 1 2よりも 小さい値 (第 3目標値 I 1 3) とする点で、 実施形態 1 に係る点灯装置 1 と 〇 2020/175072 23 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 In the lighting device 1 according to the third embodiment, when the state of the second light source unit 22 is switched, the current value of the output current I 1 is smaller than the first target value I 1 and the second target value I 12. The value (third target value I 13) is the same as the lighting device 1 according to the first embodiment. 〇 2020/175072 23 卩 (: 171-1? 2020 /004472
相違する。 なお、 実施形態 3に係る点灯装置 1 に関し、 実施形態 1 に係る点 灯装置 1 と同様の構成要素については、 同一の符号を付して説明を省略する Be different. Regarding the lighting device 1 according to the third embodiment, the same components as those of the lighting device 1 according to the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be omitted.
[0091 ] (1) 構成 [0091] (1) Configuration
実施形態 3の点灯装置 1では、 電力制御部 4 1は、 バイパススイッチ〇 1 の切替以前に出力電流丨 1の電流値を、 短絡状態における出力電流丨 1の第 1 目標値丨 1 1及び接続状態における出力電流丨 1の第 2目標値丨 1 2の両 方よりも小さい電流値 (第 3目標値丨 1 3) とする。 ここで、 「バイパスス イッチ〇 1の切替以前」 は、 バイパススイッチ〇 1の切替よりも前のタイミ ングと、 バイパススイッチ〇 1の切替と同時のタイミングとの両方を含む意 味である。 In the lighting device 1 according to the third embodiment, the power control unit 41 sets the current value of the output current 1 before switching the bypass switch 〇 1 to the first target value 1 1 1 of the output current 1 in the short-circuited state and the connection. The current value is smaller than both of the 2nd target value and 1 2 of the output current 1 in the state (3rd target value 1 3). Here, “before switching the bypass switch 0 1 ”is meant to include both the timing before the switching of the bypass switch 0 1 and the timing simultaneous with the switching of the bypass switch 0 1.
[0092] また、 電力制御部 4 1は、 バイパススイッチ〇 1の切替以後に出力電流丨 [0092] In addition, the power control unit 4 1 outputs the output current after switching the bypass switch 0 1.
1の電流値を、 第 1 目標値丨 1 1及び第 2目標値 I 1 2のうち、 切替後の第 2光源部 2 2の状態における出力電流 I 1の目標値とする。 ここで、 「バイ パススイッチ〇 1の切替以後」 は、 バイパススイッチ〇 1の切替と同時の夕 イミングと、 バイパススイッチ〇 1の切替よりも後のタイミングとを含む意 味である。 The current value of 1 is the target value of the output current I 1 in the state of the second light source unit 2 2 after the switching among the first target value 11 1 and the second target value I 12. Here, “after the switching of the bypass switch 0 1 ”is meant to include the timing of the switching of the bypass switch 0 1 and the timing after the switching of the bypass switch 0 1.
[0093] (2) 動作例 [0093] (2) Operation example
実施形態 3の点灯装置 1の動作例について図 1 5を参照して説明する。 An operation example of the lighting device 1 of the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIG.
[0094] まず、 第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2の両方を点灯させる接続状態か ら、 第 1光源部 2 1のみを点灯させる短絡状態に切り替える場合について図 1 5を参照して説明する。 つまり、 バイパススイッチ〇 1 をオフ状態から才 ン状態に切り替える場合における点灯装置 1の動作例について説明する。 [0094] First, referring to Fig. 15 for the case of switching from the connection state in which both the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 are turned on to the short-circuit state in which only the first light source unit 21 is turned on, Explain. That is, an operation example of the lighting device 1 when the bypass switch 0 1 is switched from the off state to the power state will be described.
[0095] 第 2光源部 2 2を消灯するために、 運転手が、 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2をオン 状態からオフ状態に切り替える操作を行う。 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2がオン状態 からオフ状態に切り替わった場合、 まず、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出力電流 I 1 の電流値を、 第 1 目標値丨 1 1及び第 2目標値丨 1 2よりも低い値 (第 3目 標値丨 1 3) とする (ステップ 3 3 1) 。 その後、 スイッチ制御部 4 2が、 〇 2020/175072 24 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 [0095] In order to turn off the second light source unit 22, the driver performs an operation of switching the changeover switch 3 \^/2 from the ON state to the OFF state. When the changeover switch 3 \^/ 2 is switched from the ON state to the OFF state, first, the power control unit 41 sets the current value of the output current I 1 to the first target value 1 1 and the second target value 1 1 Set a value lower than 2 (3rd target value 1 13) (step 3 3 1). After that, the switch control unit 42 〇 2020/175072 24 卩 (: 171-1? 2020 /004472
バイパススイッチ〇 1 をオフ状態からオン状態に切り替える (ステップ 3 3 2) 。 その後、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出力電流丨 1の電流値を切り替える (ス テップ3 3 3) 。 つまり、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出力電流丨 1の電流値を第 3 目標値丨 1 3から第 1 目標値丨 1 1 に切り替える。 Bypass switch 0 1 is switched from the off state to the on state (step 3 32). After that, the power control unit 41 switches the current value of the output current I 1 (step 3 3 3). That is, the power control unit 41 switches the current value of the output current 丨1 from the third target value 丨13 to the first target value 丨11.
[0096] 次に、 第 1光源部 2 1のみを点灯させる短絡状態から、 第 1光源部 2 1及 び第 2光源部 2 2の両方を点灯させる接続状態に切り替える場合について図 1 5を参照して説明する。 つまり、 バイパススイッチ〇 1 をオン状態から才 フ状態に切り替える場合における点灯装置 1の動作例について説明する。 [0096] Next, refer to Fig. 15 for the case of switching from the short-circuited state in which only the first light source unit 21 is turned on to the connected state in which both the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 2 2 are turned on. And explain. That is, an operation example of the lighting device 1 in the case where the bypass switch 0 1 is switched from the ON state to the successful state will be described.
[0097] 第 2光源部 2 2を点灯するために、 運転手が、 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2をオフ 状態からオン状態に切り替える操作を行う。 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2がオフ状態 からオン状態に切り替わった場合、 まず、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出力電流 I 1 の電流値を切り替える (ステップ 3 3 1) 。 つまり、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出 力電流丨 1の電流値を、 第 1 目標値丨 1 1及び第 2目標値丨 1 2よりも低い 値 (第 3目標値 I 1 3) とする。 その後、 スイッチ制御部 4 2が、 バイパス スイッチ〇 1 をオン状態からオフ状態に切り替える (ステップ 3 3 2) 。 そ の後、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出力電流丨 1の電流値を切り替える (ステップ 3 3 3) 。 つまり、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出力電流丨 1の電流値を第 3目標値 I 1 3から第 2目標値丨 1 2に切り替える。 [0097] In order to turn on the second light source unit 22, the driver performs an operation of switching the changeover switch 3 \^/2 from the off state to the on state. When the changeover switch 3 \^/ 2 is switched from the off state to the on state, first, the power control unit 4 1 switches the current value of the output current I 1 (step 3 3 1). That is, the power control unit 41 sets the current value of the output current 丨1 to a value lower than the first target value 伨11 and the second target value 伨12 (third target value I13). After that, the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the ON state to the OFF state (step 332). After that, the power control unit 41 switches the current value of the output current I 1 (step 3 3 3). That is, the power control unit 41 switches the current value of the output current I 1 from the third target value I 13 to the second target value I 12.
[0098] 次に、 短絡状態における出力電流丨 1の目標値 (第 1 目標値 1 1 1) が接 続状態における出力電流丨 1の目標値 (第 2目標値 I 1 2) よりも大きい場 合について図 1 6及び図 1 7を参照して説明する。 [0098] Next, when the target value of the output current 丨1 in the short-circuited state (first target value 1 1 1) is larger than the target value of the output current 丨1 in the connected state (second target value I 1 2). The case will be described with reference to FIGS. 16 and 17.
[0099] 最初に、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態が接続状態から短絡状態に切り替えられる 際の動作について図 1 6を参照して説明する。 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2をオン状 態からオフ状態に切り替える操作が行われると、 図 1 6に示すように、 電力 制御部 4 1が、 出力電流丨 1の電流値を、 第 1 目標値丨 1 1及び第 2目標値 1 1 2よりも小さい値 (第 3目標値丨 1 3) とする (時点 I 3 1) 。 このと き、 電力制御部 4 1の定電流制御により、 出力電流丨 1が小さくなる。 その 後、 スイッチ制御部 4 2が、 バイパススイッチ〇 1 をオフ状態からオン状態 〇 2020/175072 25 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 First, the operation when the state of the second light source unit 22 is switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state will be described with reference to FIG. When the changeover switch 3 \^/ 2 is switched from the on-state to the off-state, the power control unit 4 1 changes the current value of the output current 1 to the first target value as shown in Fig. 16. Set a value smaller than 丨 1 1 and the second target value 1 1 2 (third target value 丨 13) (time point I 3 1). In this case, the constant current control of the power control unit 41 reduces the output current I 1. After that, the switch control unit 42 turns the bypass switch 〇 1 from the off state to the on state. 〇 2020/175072 25 卩 (:171? 2020 /004472
に切り替える (時点 I 3 2) 。 このとき、 出力電流丨 1は第 3目標値丨 1 3 で一定のまま、 出力電圧 V 1が第 1光源部 2 1のみに印加されるため、 出力 電圧 V 1が低下する。 その後、 電力制御部 4 1が、 電力変換部 3を制御して 出力電流丨 1の電流値を第 3目標値丨 1 3から第 1 目標値丨 1 1 に切り替え る (時点 3 3) 。 Switch to (time point I 3 2). At this time, since the output current V 1 remains constant at the third target value 13 and the output voltage V 1 is applied only to the first light source unit 21, the output voltage V 1 drops. After that, the power control unit 41 controls the power conversion unit 3 to switch the current value of the output current I 1 from the third target value I 13 to the first target value I 11 (time point 3 3).
[0100] 上記より、 時点 I 3 2でバイパススイッチ〇 1がオン状態になったことに より、 時点 1 3 2以降では第 2光源部 2 2には出力電流丨 1が流れなくなる 。 これにより、 時点 3 1から時点 3 3までの期間丁 3 1 において、 第 2 光源部 2 2に過電流 (第 2目標値丨 1 2よりも大きい第 1 目標値丨 1 1の出 力電流丨 1) が流れない。 なお、 期間丁 3 1は、 一例として 5 0 0 £であ るが、 この数値に限らない。 [0100] As described above, since the bypass switch 〇 1 is turned on at the time point I 3 2, the output current 丨 1 does not flow to the second light source unit 2 2 after the time point 13 2. As a result, in the period 31 from the time point 31 to the time point 33, the output current of the overcurrent (first target value 11 1 which is larger than the second target value 11 2) in the second light source unit 22 is increased. 1) does not flow. Note that the period D 31 is, for example, 500 £, but the number is not limited to this.
[0101 ] 次に、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態が短絡状態から接続状態に切り替えられる際 の動作について図 1 7を参照して説明する。 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2をオフ状態 からオン状態に切り替える操作が行われると、 図 1 7に示すように、 電力制 御部 4 1が、 出力電流丨 1の電流値を、 第 1 目標値丨 1 1及び第 2目標値丨 1 2よりも小さい値 (第 3目標値 I 1 3) とする (時点 I 3 4) 。 その後、 スイッチ制御部 4 2が、 バイパススイッチ 0 1 をオン状態からオフ状態に切 り替える (時点 1 3 5) 。 このとき、 負荷が第 1光源部 2 1 と第 2光源部 2 2との両方になるが、 電力制御部 4 1の定電流制御により、 出力電流丨 1の 電流値を第 3目標値 I 1 3に保つ。 その後、 電力制御部 4 1が、 電力変換部 3を制御して出力電流丨 1の電流値を第 3目標値丨 1 3から第 2目標値丨 1 2に切り替える (時点 3 6) 。 [0101] Next, the operation when the state of the second light source unit 22 is switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state will be described with reference to FIG. When the changeover switch 3 \^/ 2 is switched from the off state to the on state, the power control section 41 changes the current value of the output current 1 to the first target value as shown in Fig. 17. Set a value (third target value I 1 3) that is smaller than 丨 1 1 and the second target value 丨 1 2 (time point I 3 4). After that, the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the ON state to the OFF state (time point 1 3 5). At this time, the loads are both the first light source unit 2 1 and the second light source unit 2 2, but the constant current control of the power control unit 41 causes the current value of the output current 1 to change to the third target value I 1 Keep 3 After that, the power control unit 41 controls the power conversion unit 3 to switch the current value of the output current I 1 from the third target value I 13 to the second target value I 12 (time point 3 6).
[0102] 上記より、 時点 3 4から時点 3 6までの期間丁 3 2において出力電流 [0102] From the above, the output current in the period 3 2 from the time 3 4 to the time 3 6
I 1の電流値が第 3目標値丨 1 3であり、 時点 I 3 5でバイパススイッチ〇 1がオフ状態になったことにより、 第 2光源部 2 2に過電流 (第 2目標値丨 1 2よりも大きい第 1 目標値丨 1 1の出力電流丨 1) が流れない。 なお、 期 間丁 3 2は、 一例として 5 0 0 3であるが、 この数値に限らない。 The current value of I 1 is the third target value 13 and at the time I 35, the bypass switch 〇 1 is turned off, so that the overcurrent (second target value 1 1 Output current 1) of 1st target value 1 1 larger than 2 does not flow. It should be noted that the period number 32 is, for example, 5003, but is not limited to this value.
[0103] 次に、 短絡状態における出力電流 I 1の目標値 (第 1 目標値 1 1 1) が接 〇 2020/175072 26 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 [0103] Next, the target value (first target value 1 1 1) of the output current I 1 in the short circuit state is connected. 〇 2020/175072 26 卩(:171? 2020/004472
続状態における出力電流丨 1の目標値 (第 2目標値 I 1 2) よりも小さい場 合について図 1 8及び図 1 9を参照して説明する。 A case where the output current is smaller than the target value (second target value I 1 2) in the continuous state will be described with reference to FIGS. 18 and 19.
[0104] 最初に、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態が接続状態から短絡状態に切り替えられる 際の動作について図 1 8を参照して説明する。 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2をオン状 態からオフ状態に切り替える操作が行われると、 図 1 8に示すように、 まず 、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出力電流丨 1の電流値を、 第 1 目標値丨 1 1及び第 2 目標値丨 1 2よりも小さい値 (第 3目標値丨 1 3) とする (時点 I 4 1) 。 このとき、 出力電流丨 1の電流値が第 2目標値丨 1 2から第 3目標値丨 1 3 へ小さくなる。 その後、 スイッチ制御部 4 2が、 バイパススイッチ〇 1 を才 フ状態からオン状態に切り替える (時点 1 4 2) 。 このとき、 負荷が第 1光 源部 2 1のみとなるが、 電力制御部 4 1の定電流制御により、 出力電流丨 1 の電流値を第 3目標値 I 1 3で一定とする。 その後、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出 力電流丨 1の電流値を第 3目標値丨 1 3から第 1 目標値丨 1 1 に切り替える (時点 4 3) 。 First, the operation when the state of the second light source section 22 is switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state will be described with reference to FIG. When the changeover switch 3 \^/ 2 is switched from the ON state to the OFF state, the power control unit 41 first changes the current value of the output current 1 to The value is smaller than the target value 11 and the second target value 12 (3rd target value 13) (point I 41). At this time, the current value of the output current I 1 decreases from the second target value I 12 to the third target value I 13. After that, the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the dead state to the on state (time point 1 4 2). At this time, the load is only the first light source unit 21. However, the current value of the output current I 1 is made constant at the third target value I 1 3 by the constant current control of the power control unit 4 1. After that, the power control unit 41 switches the current value of the output current 丨1 from the third target value 丨13 to the first target value 丨11 (time point 43).
[0105] 上記より、 このような場合であっても、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態を接続状態 から短絡状態に正常に切り替えることができる。 第 2光源部 2 2に過電流が 流れることを抑制できる。 なお、 時点 4 1から時点 4 3までの期間丁 4 1は、 一例として 5 0 0 3であるが、 この数値に限らない。 As described above, even in such a case, the state of the second light source unit 22 can be normally switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state. It is possible to suppress overcurrent from flowing into the second light source unit 22. Note that the period 41 from the time point 41 to the time point 43 is 5003 as an example, but it is not limited to this value.
[0106] 次に、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態が短絡状態から接続状態に切り替えられる際 の動作について図 1 9を参照して説明する。 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2をオフ状態 からオン状態に切り替える操作が行われると、 図 1 9に示すように、 まず、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出力電流丨 1の電流値を、 第 1 目標値丨 1 1及び第 2目 標値丨 1 2よりも小さい値 (第 3目標値 I 1 3) とする (時点 I 4 4) 。 そ の後、 スイッチ制御部 4 2が、 バイパススイッチ〇 1 をオン状態からオフ状 態に切り替える (時点 1 4 5) 。 負荷が第 1光源部 2 1 と第 2光源部 2 2と の両方になるが、 電力制御部 4 1の定電流制御により、 出力電流丨 1の電流 値を第 3目標値 I 1 3に保つ。 その後、 電力制御部 4 1が、 電力変換部 3を 制御して出力電流丨 1の電流値を第 3目標値丨 1 3から第 2目標値丨 1 2に 〇 2020/175072 27 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 Next, the operation when the state of the second light source unit 22 is switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state will be described with reference to FIG. When the changeover switch 3 \^/ 2 is switched from the off state to the on state, as shown in Fig. 19, first, the power control unit 41 sets the current value of the output current 丨1 to the first target value. Set a value smaller than the value 1 1 and the second target value 1 2 (third target value I 1 3) (time point I 4 4). After that, the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the ON state to the OFF state (time point 1 45). The load becomes both the first light source unit 2 1 and the second light source unit 2 2, but the constant current control of the power control unit 4 1 keeps the current value of the output current 丨 1 at the third target value I 1 3. .. After that, the power control unit 41 controls the power conversion unit 3 to change the current value of the output current 丨1 from the third target value 丨1 3 to the second target value 丨12. 〇 2020/175072 27 卩(:171? 2020/004472
切り替える (時点 4 6) 。 Switch (point 4 6).
[0107] 上記より、 このような場合であっても、 第 2光源部 2 2の状態を短絡状態 から接続状態に正常に切り替えることができる。 第 2光源部 2 2に過電流が 流れることを抑制できる。 なお、 時点 4 4から時点 4 6までの期間丁 4 2は、 一例として 5 0 0 3であるが、 この数値に限らない。 From the above, even in such a case, the state of the second light source unit 22 can be normally switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state. It is possible to suppress overcurrent from flowing into the second light source unit 22. It should be noted that the period D 42 from the time point 4 4 to the time point 4 6 is 500 3 as an example, but it is not limited to this value.
[0108] (3) 効果 [0108] (3) Effect
実施形態 3に係る点灯装置 1では、 バイパススイッチ 0 1の切替以前に出 力電流丨 1の電流値を第 1 目標値丨 1 1及び第 2目標値丨 1 2の両方よりも 小さい電流値 (第 3目標値 I 1 3) とする。 これにより、 第 2光源部 2 2に 過電流が流れることを精度よく抑制できる。 In the lighting device 1 according to the third embodiment, the current value of the output current 丨 1 is smaller than both the first target value 伨 1 1 and the second target value 伨 1 2 before switching the bypass switch 0 1. The third target value I 1 3). As a result, it is possible to accurately prevent the overcurrent from flowing through the second light source unit 22.
[0109] (実施形態 4) (Fourth Embodiment)
実施形態 4に係る点灯装置 1は、 図 2 0に示すように、 第 1光源部 2 1 に 第 1バイパススイッチ〇 1 1が並列接続されており、 かつ、 第 2光源部 2 2 に第 2バイパススイッチ 0 1 2が並列接続されている点で、 実施形態 1 に係 る点灯装置 1 (図 1参照) と相違する。 なお、 実施形態 4に係る点灯装置 1 に関し、 実施形態 1 に係る点灯装置 1 と同様の構成要素については、 同一の 符号を付して説明を省略する。 As shown in FIG. 20, the lighting device 1 according to the fourth embodiment has a first light source unit 2 1 to which a first bypass switch 〇 1 1 is connected in parallel, and a second light source unit 2 2 to which a second light source unit 2 2 is connected. It differs from the lighting device 1 (see FIG. 1) according to the first embodiment in that the bypass switches 0 1 2 are connected in parallel. Regarding the lighting device 1 according to the fourth embodiment, the same components as those of the lighting device 1 according to the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be omitted.
[01 10] (1) 構成 [01 10] (1) Composition
実施形態 4の点灯装置 1は、 図 2 0に示すように、 第 1バイパススイッチ 〇 1 1 と、 第 2バイパススイッチ〇 1 2とを備える。 第 1バイパススイッチ 〇 1 1は、 第 1光源部 2 1 に電気的に並列接続されている。 第 2バイパスス イッチ〇 1 2は、 第 2光源部 2 2に電気的に並列接続されている。 第 1バイ パススイッチ〇 1 1は、 第 2バイパススイッチ〇 1 2とは別体である。 As shown in FIG. 20, the lighting device 1 according to the fourth embodiment includes a first bypass switch 0 1 1 2 and a second bypass switch 0 1 2. The first bypass switch ○ 11 is electrically connected in parallel to the first light source unit 21. The second bypass switch 0 12 is electrically connected in parallel to the second light source unit 22. The first bypass switch 0 1 1 1 is separate from the second bypass switch 0 1 2.
[01 1 1 ] 実施形態 4のスイッチ制御部 4 2は、 第 1バイパススイッチ〇 1 1及び第 [01 11] The switch control unit 42 of Embodiment 4 includes the first bypass switch 〇 11 and the first bypass switch 〇 11.
2バイパススイッチ〇 1 2を制御する。 2 Bypass switch 0 1 2 is controlled.
[01 12] 実施形態 4の電力制御部 4 1は、 第 1バイパススイッチ〇 1 1のオン/才 フの状態及び第 2バイパススイッチ〇 1 2のオン/オフの状態に応じて出力 電流丨 1 を切り替えて第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2に電力を供給する 〇 2020/175072 28 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 [0112] The power control unit 41 of the fourth embodiment outputs the output current according to the on/off state of the first bypass switch 0 1 1 and the on/off state of the second bypass switch 0 1 2. And power is supplied to the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22. 〇 2020/175072 28 卩 (: 171-1? 2020 /004472
[01 13] 電力制御部 4 1は、 第 1光源部 2 1の状態が第 1状態から第 2状態に切り 替えられる場合、 スイッチ制御部 4 2が第 1バイパススイッチ <3 1 1 を制御 して第 1光源部 2 1の状態を第 1状態から第 2状態に切り替えた後に、 出力 電流丨 1の大きさを切り替える機能を有する。 [01 13] When the state of the first light source unit 21 is switched from the first state to the second state, the power control unit 4 1 controls the switch control unit 4 2 to control the first bypass switch <3 1 1. After switching the state of the first light source unit 21 from the first state to the second state, the function of switching the magnitude of the output current 1 is provided.
[01 14] 電力制御部 4 1は、 第 1光源部 2 1の状態が第 2状態から第 1状態に切り 替えられる場合、 スイッチ制御部 4 2が第 1バイパススイッチ <3 1 1 を制御 して第 1光源部 2 1の状態を第 2状態から第 1状態に切り替える前に、 出力 電流丨 1の大きさを切り替える機能を更に有する。 [01 14] When the state of the first light source unit 21 is switched from the second state to the first state, the power control unit 41 controls the first bypass switch <3 1 1 by the switch control unit 4 2. Further, before switching the state of the first light source unit 21 from the second state to the first state, it further has a function of switching the magnitude of the output current I 1.
[01 15] ここで、 第 1状態とは、 第 1光源部 2 1が第 2光源部 2 2に電気的に接続 されており第 1光源部 2 1 に出力電流 I 1が流れる接続状態をいう。 第 2状 態とは、 第 1光源部 2 1が電気的に短絡されている短絡状態をいう。 [0115] Here, the first state means a connection state in which the first light source unit 21 is electrically connected to the second light source unit 22 and the output current I1 flows in the first light source unit 21. Say. The second state is a short-circuit state in which the first light source unit 21 is electrically short-circuited.
[01 16] スイッチ制御部 4 2は、 第 1光源部 2 1の状態を第 1状態から第 2状態に 切り替える場合、 第 1バイパススイッチ 0 1 1がオフ状態からオン状態にな るように第 1バイパススイッチ〇 1 1 を制御する。 電力制御部 4 1は、 スイ ッチ制御部 4 2が第 1バイパススイッチ <3 1 1 をオフ状態からオン状態に切 り替えた後に、 出力電流丨 1の大きさを切り替える。 [0116] When the state of the first light source unit 2 1 is switched from the first state to the second state, the switch control unit 42 controls the first bypass switch 0 1 1 so that it switches from the OFF state to the ON state. 1 Bypass switch ○ Controls 1 1. The power control unit 4 1 switches the magnitude of the output current 1 after the switch control unit 4 2 switches the first bypass switch <3 1 1 from the off state to the on state.
[01 17] スイッチ制御部 4 2は、 第 1光源部 2 1の状態を第 2状態から第 1状態に 切り替える場合、 第 1バイパススイッチ 0 1 1がオン状態からオフ状態にな るように第 1バイパススイッチ〇 1 1 を制御する。 電力制御部 4 1は、 スイ ッチ制御部 4 2が第 1バイパススイッチ <3 1 1 をオン状態からオフ状態に切 り替える前に、 出力電流丨 1の大きさを切り替える。 [0117] When the state of the first light source unit 21 is switched from the second state to the first state, the switch control unit 42 sets the first bypass switch 0 1 1 so as to change from the ON state to the OFF state. 1 Bypass switch ○ Controls 1 1. The power control section 41 switches the magnitude of the output current 1 before the switch control section 42 switches the first bypass switch <3 1 1 from the ON state to the OFF state.
[01 18] (2) 効果 [01 18] (2) Effect
実施形態 4に係る点灯装置 1では、 第 1光源部 2 1の状態を第 1状態 (接 続状態) から第 2状態 (短絡状態) に切り替えた後に、 出力電流丨 1の大き さを切り替える。 これにより、 第 1光源部 2 1の短絡状態における出力電流 I 1の目標値が第 1光源部 2 1の接続状態における出力電流丨 1の目標値よ り大きい場合であっても、 出力電流丨 1の大きさを切り替える前に、 第 1光 〇 2020/175072 29 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 In the lighting device 1 according to the fourth embodiment, after the state of the first light source unit 21 is switched from the first state (connected state) to the second state (short-circuited state), the magnitude of the output current I 1 is switched. As a result, even if the target value of the output current I 1 when the first light source unit 21 is short-circuited is larger than the target value of the output current I 1 when the first light source unit 21 is connected, the output current I 1 1 light before switching the size of 1 〇 2020/175072 29 卩 (:171? 2020 /004472
源部 2 1 を短絡状態にすることができる。 その結果、 第 1光源部 2 1 に過電 流が流れることを抑制できる。 The source part 21 can be short-circuited. As a result, it is possible to prevent the overcurrent from flowing to the first light source unit 21.
[01 19] (実施形態 5) [0119] (Embodiment 5)
実施形態 5に係る点灯装置 1は、 図 2 1 に示すように、 3つの光源部 2を 備える点で、 実施形態 1 に係る点灯装置 1 (図 1参照) と相違する。 なお、 実施形態 5に係る点灯装置 1 に関し、 実施形態 1 に係る点灯装置 1 と同様の 構成要素については、 同一の符号を付して説明を省略する。 The lighting device 1 according to the fifth embodiment is different from the lighting device 1 according to the first embodiment (see FIG. 1) in that it includes three light source units 2 as shown in FIG. Regarding the lighting device 1 according to the fifth embodiment, the same components as those of the lighting device 1 according to the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.
[0120] (1) 構成 [0120] (1) Composition
実施形態 5の点灯装置 1は、 図 2 1 に示すように、 第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2と共に、 第 3光源部 2 3を更に備える。 なお、 実施形態 5の点 灯装置 1 に関し、 実施形態 1の点灯装置 1 (図 1参照) と同様の構成及び機 能については説明を省略する。 As shown in FIG. 21, the lighting device 1 of the fifth embodiment further includes a third light source unit 23 together with the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22. Note that, regarding the lighting device 1 of the fifth embodiment, the description of the same configuration and function as the lighting device 1 of the first embodiment (see FIG. 1) is omitted.
[0121 ] また、 実施形態 5の点灯装置 1は、 図 2 1 に示すように、 第 1バイパスス イッチ〇 1 1 と、 第 2バイパススイッチ〇 1 2と、 第 3バイパススイッチ〇 1 3とを備える。 第 1バイパススイッチ 0 1 1は、 第 1光源部 2 1 に電気的 に並列接続されている。 第 2バイパススイッチ〇 1 2は、 第 2光源部 2 2に 電気的に並列接続されている。
Figure imgf000031_0001
第 3光源部 2 3に電気的に並列接続されている。 第 1バイパススイッチ〇 1 1は、 第 2 バイパススイッチ〇 1 2及び第 3バイパススイッチ〇 1 3とは別体である。
[0121] Further, the lighting device 1 of the fifth embodiment includes a first bypass switch 〇 1 1, a second bypass switch 〇 12 and a third bypass switch 〇 13 as shown in FIG. .. The first bypass switch 0 1 1 is electrically connected in parallel to the first light source unit 2 1. The second bypass switch 0 12 is electrically connected in parallel to the second light source unit 22.
Figure imgf000031_0001
It is electrically connected in parallel to the third light source unit 23. The first bypass switch 0 1 1 1 is separate from the second bypass switch 0 1 2 and the third bypass switch 0 1 3.
[0122] また、 第 1バイパススイッチ〇 1 1 には、 第 1 コンデンサ〇 2 1が電気的 に並列接続されており、 第 2バイパススイッチ〇 1 2には、 第 2コンデンサ 〇 2 2が電気的に並列接続されており、
Figure imgf000031_0002
には、 第 3コンデンサ〇 2 3が電気的に並列接続されている。
[0122] Further, the first bypass switch 〇 1 1 is electrically connected in parallel with the first capacitor 〇 2 1, and the second bypass switch 〇 1 2 is electrically connected to the second capacitor 〇 2 2. Are connected in parallel to
Figure imgf000031_0002
A third capacitor 〇 2 3 is electrically connected in parallel to.
[0123] (2) 動作例 [0123] (2) Operation example
次に、 実施形態 5の点灯装置 1の動作例について図 2 2を参照して説明す る。 Next, an operation example of the lighting device 1 of the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG.
[0124] まず、 第 1光源部 2 1、 第 2光源部 2 2、 及び第 3光源部 2 3の全てを点 灯させる状態 (第 1接続状態) から、 第 2光源部 2 2及び第 3光源部 2 3の 〇 2020/175072 30 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 [0124] First, from the state in which all of the first light source unit 21, the second light source unit 22 and the third light source unit 23 are turned on (first connected state), the second light source unit 22 and the third light source unit 2 Light source 2 3 〇 2020/175072 30 卩 (:171? 2020 /004472
みを点灯させる状態 (第 2接続状態) に切り替える場合、 第 1バイパススイ ッチ〇 1 1 をオフ状態からオン状態に切り替える (時点 5 1) 。 このとき 、 負荷が第 2光源部 2 2及び第 3光源部 2 3となるが、 電力制御部 4 1の定 電流制御により、 出力電流丨 1 を第 1 目標値丨 1 4で一定に保つ。 その後、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出力電流丨 1の電流値を大きくする (時点 1 5 2) 。 出 力電流丨 1の電流値は、 時点 I 5 1では第 1 目標値丨 1 4のままであり、 時 点 1 5 2で第 1 目標値丨 1 4から第 2目標値丨 1 5に切り替わる。 When switching to the state in which only the light is turned on (second connection state), the first bypass switch 0 1 1 is switched from the off state to the on state (time point 5 1). At this time, the loads are the second light source unit 22 and the third light source unit 23, but the output current I 1 is kept constant at the first target value I 14 by the constant current control of the power controller 41. After that, the power control unit 41 increases the current value of the output current I 1 (time point 15 2). The current value of the output current 丨1 remains at the first target value 丨14 at time point I 51, and switches from the first target value 侨1 4 to the second target value 丨15 at time point 15.2. ..
[0125] 上記のように、 時点 I 5 2よりも前の時点 I 5 1で第 1バイパススイッチ 0 1 1がオン状態になったことにより、 時点 I 5 1から時点 I 5 2までの期 間丁 5 1 において、 第 1光源部 2 1 に過電流 (第 2目標値 I 1 5の出力電流 I 1) が流れることを抑制できる。 [0125] As described above, since the first bypass switch 0 1 1 is turned on at the time point I 5 1 before the time point I 5 2, the time period from the time point I 5 1 to the time point I 5 2 is increased. In Fig. 51, it is possible to prevent the overcurrent (the output current I 1 of the second target value I 15) from flowing through the first light source unit 21.
[0126] 続いて、 第 2光源部 2 2及び第 3光源部 2 3を点灯させる状態 (第 2接続 状態) から、 第 2光源部 2 2のみを点灯させる状態 (第 1短絡状態) に切り 替える場合、 第 3バイパススイッチ 0 1 3をオフ状態からオン状態に切り替 える (時点 1 5 3) 。 このとき、 負荷が第 2光源部 2 2のみとなるが、 電力 制御部 4 1の定電流制御により、 出力電流丨 1 を第 2目標値 I 1 5で一定に 保つ。 その後、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出力電流丨 1の電流値を大きくする (時 点 1 5 4) 。 出力電流丨 1の電流値は、 時点 5 3では第 2目標値 I 1 5の ままであり、 時点 I 5 4で第 2目標値丨 1 5から第 2目標値丨 1 6に切り替 わる。 [0126] Subsequently, the state in which the second light source unit 22 and the third light source unit 23 are turned on (second connected state) is switched to the state in which only the second light source unit 22 is turned on (first short-circuited state). When changing, the 3rd bypass switch 0 1 3 is changed from an off state to an on state (time point 1 5 3). At this time, the load is only the second light source unit 22. However, the output current I 1 is kept constant at the second target value I 15 by the constant current control of the power controller 41. After that, the power control unit 41 increases the current value of the output current I 1 (time point 1 5 4). The current value of the output current 丨1 is up to the second target value I 15 at time 5 3 and switches from the second target value ą 15 to the second target value Ĥ 16 at time I 54.
[0127] 上記のように、 時点 I 5 4よりも前の時点 I 5 3で第 3バイパススイッチ 0 1 3がオン状態になったことにより、 時点 5 3から時点 5 4までの期 間丁 5 2において、 第 3光源部 2 3に過電流 (第 2目標値 I 1 6の出力電流 I 1) が流れることを抑制できる。 [0127] As described above, since the third bypass switch 0 1 3 is turned on at the time point I 5 3 before the time point I 5 4, the time period from the time point 5 3 to the time point 5 4 is set. In 2, the overcurrent (the output current I 1 of the second target value I 16) flowing in the third light source unit 23 can be suppressed.
[0128] その後、 第 2光源部 2 2のみを点灯させる状態 (第 1短絡状態) から、 第 [0128] After that, from the state in which only the second light source unit 22 is turned on (first short-circuited state), the
1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2を点灯させる状態 (第 2短絡状態) に切り 替える場合、 スイッチ制御部 4 2が、 第 1バイパススイッチ〇 1 1 をオン状 態からオフ状態に切り替える前に、 電力制御部 4 1が、 出力電流丨 1の電流 〇 2020/175072 31 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 1 When switching to the state where the light source unit 2 1 and the second light source unit 2 2 are turned on (the second short-circuit state), the switch control unit 4 2 switches the first bypass switch 〇 1 1 from the ON state to the OFF state. Before the power control unit 41, the output current 1 〇 2020/175072 31 卩(:171? 2020/004472
値を小さくする (時点 1 5 5) 。 その後、 スイッチ制御部 4 2が、 第 1バイ パススイッチ〇 1 1 をオン状態からオフ状態に切り替える (時点 I 5 6) 。 出力電流丨 1の電流値は、 時点 5 6よりも前の時点 5 5で第 2目標値 I 1 6から第 2目標値丨 1 5に切り替わる。 Decrease the value (time point 1 5 5). After that, the switch control unit 42 switches the first bypass switch 〇 1 1 from the ON state to the OFF state (time point I 5 6). The current value of the output current 丨1 switches from the second target value I 1 6 to the second target value 丨15 at time 5 5 before time 5 6.
[0129] 上記のように、 時点 I 5 5より後の時点 I 5 6で第 1バイパススイッチ〇 [0129] As described above, the first bypass switch 〇 at time point I 5 6 after time point I 55
1 1がオフ状態になったことにより、 時点 5 5から時点 5 6までの期間 丁 5 3において、 第 1光源部 2 1 に過電流 (第 2目標値 1 1 5 , I 1 6の出 力電流丨 1) が流れることを抑制できる。 Since 1 1 is turned off, overcurrent (second target value 1 1 5 and output of I 1 6) is output to the first light source unit 2 1 during the period 5 3 from time 5 5 to time 5 6. It is possible to suppress the flow of current 1).
[0130] その後、 第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2を点灯させる状態 (第 2短絡 状態) から、 第 1光源部 2 1、 第 2光源部 2 2、 及び第 3光源部 2 3を点灯 させる状態 (第 1接続状態) に切り替える場合、 スイッチ制御部 4 2が、 第 3バイパススイッチ 0 1 3をオン状態からオフ状態に切り替える前に、 電力 制御部 4 1が、 出力電流丨 1の電流値を小さくする (時点 1 5 7) 。 ただし 、 図 2 2の例では、 出力電流丨 1の電流値が既に小さくなっているから一定 (第 1 目標値丨 1 4) のままである。 その後、 スイッチ制御部 4 2が、 第 3 バイパススイッチ〇 1 3をオン状態からオフ状態に切り替える (時点 I 5 8 [0130] After that, from the state in which the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 are turned on (the second short-circuited state), the first light source unit 21, the second light source unit 22, and the third light source unit 2 When switching to the state where 3 is turned on (first connection state), the power control section 41 outputs the output current before the switch control section 42 switches the third bypass switch 0 1 3 from the ON state to the OFF state. Decrease the current value of 1 (time point 1 5 7). However, in the example of Figure 22, the current value of the output current [1] is already small and remains constant (1st target value [14]). After that, the switch control unit 42 switches the third bypass switch 0 13 from the ON state to the OFF state (time point I 5 8
[0131 ] 時点 I 5 7から時点 I 5 8までの期間丁 5 4においても、 第 3光源部 2 3 に過電流が流れることを抑制できる。 [0131] Also in the period 554 from the time point I57 to the time point I58, it is possible to suppress the overcurrent from flowing to the third light source unit 23.
[0132] (変形例) [0132] (Modification)
実施形態 1〜 5の変形例に係る点灯装置 1の動作例について図 2 3を参照 して説明する。 図 2 3は、 実施形態 1の変形例の場合を示す。 ここでは、 第 1光源部 2 1及び第 2光源部 2 2の両方を点灯させる状態から、 第 1光源部 2 1のみを点灯させる状態に切り替える場合について説明する。 つまり、 バ イパススイッチ 0 1 をオフ状態からオン状態に切り替える場合における点灯 装置 1の動作例について説明する。 An operation example of the lighting device 1 according to the modified examples of Embodiments 1 to 5 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 23 shows a modified example of the first embodiment. Here, a case will be described in which both the first light source unit 21 and the second light source unit 22 are turned on to a state where only the first light source unit 21 is turned on. That is, an operation example of the lighting device 1 when the bypass switch 0 1 is switched from the off state to the on state will be described.
[0133] 第 2光源部 2 2を消灯するために、 運転手が、 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2をオン 状態からオフ状態に切り替える操作を行う。 〇 2020/175072 32 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 [0133] In order to turn off the second light source unit 22, the driver switches the changeover switch 3 \^/2 from the ON state to the OFF state. 〇 2020/175072 32 卩 (: 171-1? 2020 /004472
[0134] 電力制御部 4 1は、 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2がオン状態からオフ状態に切り替 わった場合、 所定の停止期間丁 6 0 (時点 1 6 1から時点 1 6 3までの期間 ) の間、 電力変換部 3を停止させる。 具体的には、 電力制御部 4 1は、 停止 期間丁 6 0の間、 降圧コンパータ回路 3 2を停止させる。 なお、 電力制御部 4 1は、 停止期間丁 6 0の間、 降圧コンパータ回路 3 2と、 昇圧コンパータ 回路 3 1 との両方を停止させてもよい。 [0134] When the changeover switch 3 \^/ 2 is switched from the ON state to the OFF state, the power control unit 4 1 has a predetermined stop period (6 0) (a period from 1 6 1 to 1 6 3) During this period, the power conversion unit 3 is stopped. Specifically, the power control unit 41 stops the step-down comparator circuit 32 during the stop period D60. The power control unit 41 may stop both the step-down comparator circuit 3 2 and the step-up comparator circuit 3 1 during the stop period 60.
[0135] したがって、 停止期間丁 6 0において、 停止期間丁 6 0の前に比べて電力 変換部 3の出力電流 I 1が低減して略ゼロとなる。 電力制御部 4 1は、 停止 期間丁 6 0が経過すると (時点 1 6 3) 、 電力変換部 3 (降圧コンバータ回 路 3 2) の動作を再開させ、 電力変換部 3の出力電流 I 1 を停止前の状態に 復帰させる。 つまり、 電力制御部 4 1は、 切替スイッチ 3 \^/ 2がオン状態か らオフ状態に切り替わった場合、 電力変換部 3の出力電流 I 1 を一時的に低 減させる。 停止期間丁 6 0は、 一例として 3 0 3であるが、 この数値に限 らない。 [0135] Therefore, in the stop period D60, the output current I1 of the power conversion unit 3 is reduced to substantially zero compared to before the stop period D60. The power control unit 41 restarts the operation of the power conversion unit 3 (step-down converter circuit 3 2) when the stop period D 0 60 has elapsed (time point 16 3), and the output current I 1 of the power conversion unit 3 is changed. Restore the state before the stop. That is, the power control unit 41 temporarily reduces the output current I 1 of the power conversion unit 3 when the changeover switch 3 \^/2 is switched from the on state to the off state. The suspension period is 60, for example, but is not limited to this number.
[0136] スイッチ制御部 4 2は、 切替スイッチ 3 2がオン状態からオフ状態に切 り替わった場合、 電力制御部 4 1が電力変換部 3の出力電流 I 1 を低減させ た状態 (停止期間丁 6 0中) で、 バイパススイッチ〇 1 をオフ状態からオン 状態に切り替える。 言い換えれば、 電力制御部 4 1は、 スイッチ制御部 4 2 がバイパススイッチ〇 1 をオフ状態からオン状態に切り替える前に、 電力変 換部 3を停止させる。 本変形例では、 スイッチ制御部 4 2は、 電力制御部 4 1が電力変換部 3の出力電流 I 1の低減を開始した時点 1 6 1から、 第 1期 間丁 6 1が経過した時点 I 6 2において、 バイパススイッチ〇 1 をオフ状態 からオン状態に切り替える。 第 1期間丁 6 1は、 一例として 1 0 3である が、 この数値に限らない。 電力変換部 3は、 スイッチ制御部 4 2がバイパス スイッチ 0 1 をオフ状態からオン状態に切り替えた時点 I 6 2から、 第 2期 間丁 6 2が経過した時点 1 6 3において、 電力変換部 3の動作を再開させる 。 第 2期間丁 6 2は、 一例として 2 0 3であるが、 この数値に限らない。 [0136] The switch control unit 42 is in a state where the output current I1 of the power conversion unit 3 is reduced by the power control unit 4 1 when the changeover switch 3 2 is switched from the ON state to the OFF state (stop period. Switch the bypass switch 0 1 from the off state to the on state. In other words, the power control unit 41 stops the power conversion unit 3 before the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the off state to the on state. In this modified example, the switch control unit 42 is configured such that the power control unit 4 1 starts reducing the output current I 1 of the power conversion unit 3 from the time 1 61 to the time I when the first period 6 1 passes. 6 At 2, switch bypass switch 〇 1 from off to on. As an example, 1st period Ding 61 is 103, but it is not limited to this number. The power conversion unit 3 operates from the time I 6 2 when the switch control unit 42 switches the bypass switch 0 1 from the off state to the on state to the time 1 6 3 when the second period 6 2 elapses. Restart the operation of 3. As an example, the second period D62 is 203, but it is not limited to this number.
[0137] 本変形例の点灯装置 1では、 電力変換部 3が停止している状態で、 バイパ 〇 2020/175072 33 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 [0137] In the lighting device 1 of the present modification, the power conversion unit 3 is stopped, and 〇 2020/175072 33 卩(:171? 2020/004472
ススイッチ〇 1がオフ状態からオン状態に切り替えられる。 したがって、 電 力変換部 3の出力電流丨 1が略ゼロである状態で、 平滑コンデンサ〇 1から サージ電流が発生する。 これにより、 光源部 2に過電流が流れることが抑制 される。 より具体的には、 バイパススイッチ〇 1がオフ状態からオン状態に 切り替わった際に、 複数の光源部 2のうちバイパススイッチ 0 1が並列接続 されていない光源部 2 (第 1光源部 2 1) に過電流が流れることが抑制され る。 Switch 0 is switched from the off state to the on state. Therefore, a surge current is generated from the smoothing capacitor 〇 1 with the output current 1 of the power conversion unit 3 being substantially zero. As a result, an overcurrent is suppressed from flowing into the light source unit 2. More specifically, when the bypass switch 〇 1 is switched from the OFF state to the ON state, the bypass switch 0 1 of the plurality of light source units 2 is not connected in parallel to the light source unit 2 (first light source unit 2 1) Overcurrent is suppressed from flowing into the device.
[0138] また、 電力変換部 3が停止してからバイパススイッチ〇 1がオンするまで の第 1期間丁 6 1 において、 平滑コンデンサ〇 1が放電するため、 バイパス スイッチ〇 1がオンした際のサージ電流が抑制される。 したがって、 第 1光 源部 2 1 に過電流が流れることが抑制される。 第 1期間丁 6 1は、 平滑コン デンサ〇 1のサージ電流が第 1光源部 2 1 に流れた際における電流丨 2のピ —ク値が、 第 1光源部 2 1の定常時における電流丨 2の電流値よりも小さく なるように設定されていることが好ましい。 第 1光源部 2 1の定常時におけ る電流 I 2の電流値とは、 定電流制御される電力変換部 3 (降圧コンバータ 回路 3 2) の出力電流丨 1の目標値である。 [0138] In addition, since the smoothing capacitor 0 1 is discharged in the first period 6 1 from when the power conversion unit 3 is stopped to when the bypass switch 0 1 is turned on, the surge when the bypass switch 0 1 is turned on is generated. The current is suppressed. Therefore, the overcurrent is suppressed from flowing in the first light source unit 21. In the first period, the peak value of the current source 2 is the peak value of the current when the surge current of the smoothing capacitor 0 1 flows into the first light source unit 21. It is preferably set to be smaller than the current value of 2. The current value of the current I 2 in the steady state of the first light source unit 21 is the target value of the output current I 1 of the power conversion unit 3 (step-down converter circuit 3 2) that is controlled by constant current.
[0139] 第 1 コンデンサ〇 2 1は、 第 1光源部 2 1 と電気的に並列接続されている 。 したがって、 バイパススイッチ〇 1がオフ状態からオン状態に切り替わっ ても、 第 1 コンデンサ〇 2 1の両端間における電気負荷の変化がない。 その ため、 第 1 コンデンサ〇 2 1からサージ電流が発生しない。 [0139] The first capacitor 0 21 is electrically connected in parallel with the first light source unit 21. Therefore, even if the bypass switch 0 1 is switched from the off state to the on state, there is no change in the electrical load across the first capacitor 0 21. Therefore, surge current does not occur from the first capacitor ○ 21.
[0140] 第 2コンデンサ〇2 2は、 バイパススイッチ〇 1 と電気的に並列接続され ている。 したがって、 バイパススイッチ〇 1がオフ状態からオン状態に切り 替わると、 バイパススイッチ〇 1 を介して第 2コンデンサ〇 2 2が短絡する 。 そのため、 第 2光源部 2 2に過電流が流れることが抑制される。 [0140] The second capacitor 02 2 is electrically connected in parallel with the bypass switch 0 1. Therefore, when the bypass switch 0 1 is switched from the off state to the on state, the second capacitor 0 2 2 is short-circuited via the bypass switch 0 1. Therefore, overcurrent is suppressed from flowing in the second light source unit 22.
[0141 ] また、 電力変換部 3の出力端 3 1 , 3 2間において、 平滑コンデンサ 〇 1 と、 第 1 コンデンサ〇 2 1及び第 2コンデンサ〇 2 2の直列回路と、 が 電気的に並列接続されている。 平滑コンデンサ〇 1 と、 第 1 コンデンサ〇 2 1及び第 2コンデンサ〇 2 2の直列回路と、 の合成容量によって、 電力変換 〇 2020/175072 34 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 [0141] Further, between the output terminals 3 1 and 3 2 of the power conversion unit 3, the smoothing capacitor 〇 1 and the series circuit of the first capacitor 〇 2 1 and the second capacitor 〇 22 are electrically connected in parallel. Has been done. Power conversion is performed by the combined capacity of the smoothing capacitor 〇, the series circuit of the first capacitor 〇21 and the second capacitor 〇22. 〇 2020/175072 34 卩 (:171? 2020 /004472
咅6 3の出力電流丨 1のリップルを抑制することができる。 したがって、 本実 施形態の点灯装置 1では、 第 1 コンデンサ〇 2 1及び第 2コンデンサ〇 2 2 を備えていない構成に比べて、 平滑コンデンサ <3 1の容量の低減を図ること ができる。 これにより、 平滑コンデンサ〇 1のサージ電流を抑制することが でき、 第 1光源部 2 1 に過電流が流れることを抑制することができる。 It is possible to suppress the ripple of the output current 1 of the socket 6 3. Therefore, in the lighting device 1 of the present embodiment, the capacity of the smoothing capacitor <3 1 can be reduced as compared with the configuration in which the first capacitor 0 2 1 and the second capacitor 0 2 2 are not provided. As a result, the surge current of the smoothing capacitor 0 1 can be suppressed, and the overcurrent can be suppressed from flowing into the first light source unit 21.
[0142] 実施形態 1〜 5の他の変形例として、 点灯装置 1 において、 電力変換部 3 の出力端 3 1 , 3 2間に接続された平滑コンデンサ(3 1は、 必須の構成 ではなく、 図 2 4に示すように、 平滑コンデンサ〇 1が省略されていてもよ い。 図 2 4は、 実施形態 1の変形例の場合を示す。 電力変換部 3の出力端 3 1 , 3 2間には、 複数のコンデンサ〇 2 (第 1 コンデンサ〇2 1、 第 2 コンデンサ〇 2 2) が直列接続されている。 したがって、 平滑コンデンサ〇 1 を省略した構成であっても、 複数のコンデンサ〇2 (第 1 コンデンサ〇2 1、 第 2コンデンサ〇2 2) の合成容量により、 電力変換部 3の出力電流 I 1のリップルを抑制することができる。 これにより、 点灯装置 1 と複数の光 源部 2とを電気的に接続するケーブル等から放射される輻射ノイズを抑制す ることができる。 また、 図 2 5に示すように、 電力変換部 3の出力電流丨 1 を低減させず、 バイパススイッチ 0 1がオフ状態からオン状態に切り替えて も (時点 7 1) 、 平滑コンデンサ〇 1が省略されていることにより、 第 1 光源部 2 1 に過電流が流れることが抑制される。 [0142] As another modification of Embodiments 1 to 5, in the lighting device 1, the smoothing capacitor (31 is not an indispensable configuration, which is connected between the output terminals 3 1, 3 2 of the power conversion unit 3 The smoothing capacitor 0 1 may be omitted as shown in Fig. 24. Fig. 24 shows a modified example of the embodiment 1. Between the output terminals 3 1 and 3 2 of the power conversion unit 3. A plurality of capacitors 〇 2 (first capacitor 〇 21 and second capacitor 〇 22) are connected in series with each other, so even if the smoothing capacitor 〇 1 is omitted, multiple capacitors 〇 2 The combined capacity of the (first capacitor 〇 2 1, the second capacitor 〇 2 2) can suppress the ripple of the output current I 1 of the power conversion unit 3. As a result, the lighting device 1 and a plurality of light source units It is possible to suppress the radiant noise radiated from the cable etc. that electrically connects with 2. Also, as shown in Fig. 25, the output current of power converter 3 is not reduced and bypass switch is not used. Even when 0 1 is switched from the off state to the on state (time point 71), the smoothing capacitor 〇 is omitted, so that an overcurrent is suppressed from flowing in the first light source unit 2 1.
[0143] 実施形態 1〜 5の他の変形例として、 点灯装置 1は、 コンピュータシステ ム (制御部 4) を含んでいる。 コンビュータシステムは、 ハードウエアとし てのプロセッサ及びメモリを主構成とする。 コンビュータシステムのメモリ に記録されたプログラムをプロセッサが実行することによって、 点灯装置 1 としての機能が実現される。 プログラムは、 コンビュータシステムのメモリ にあらかじめ記録されてもよく、 電気通信回線を通じて提供されてもよく、 コンビュータシステムで読み取り可能なメモリカード、 光学ディスク、 ハー ドディスクドライブ等の非一時的記録媒体に記録されて提供されてもよい。 コンビュータシステムのプロセッサは、 半導体集積回路 (丨 〇) 又は大規模 集積回路 (LS I) を含む 1ないし複数の電子回路で構成される。 ここでい う 丨 C又は LS 丨等の集積回路は、 集積の度合いによって呼び方が異なって おり、 システム LS 丨、 VLS I (Very Large Scale Integration) 、 又は U L S I (Ultra Large Scale Integration) と呼ばれる集積回路を含む。 さ らに、 L S 丨の製造後にプログラムされる、 F PGA (Field-Programmable Gate Array) 、 又は LS 丨 内部の接合関係の再構成若しくは L S 丨 内部の回 路区画の再構成が可能な論理デバイスについても、 プロセッサとして採用す ることができる。 複数の電子回路は、 1つのチップに集約されていてもよい し、 複数のチップに分散して設けられていてもよい。 複数のチップは、 1つ の装置に集約されていてもよいし、 複数の装置に分散して設けられていても よい。 例えば、 電力制御部 4 1 とスイッチ制御部 42とは、 1つのチップに 集約されていてもよいし、 複数のチップに分散して設けられていてもよい。 As another modification of Embodiments 1 to 5, lighting device 1 includes a computer system (control unit 4). The computer system mainly consists of a processor and memory as hardware. The function as the lighting device 1 is realized by the processor executing the program recorded in the memory of the computer system. The program may be pre-recorded in the memory of the computer system, may be provided through a telecommunication line, or recorded in a non-transitory recording medium such as a memory card, an optical disc, a hard disc drive, etc. that can be read by the computer system. May be provided. The processor of the computer system is a semiconductor integrated circuit (丨) or a large-scale It consists of one or more electronic circuits, including integrated circuits (LS I). The integrated circuits such as C and LS are called differently depending on the degree of integration, and are called system LS, VLS I (Very Large Scale Integration), or ULSI (Ultra Large Scale Integration). Including circuits. Furthermore, regarding the F-PGA (Field-Programmable Gate Array) that is programmed after the manufacturing of the LS, or the logical device that can reconfigure the junction relationship inside the LS or reconfigure the circuit partition inside the LS. Can also be used as a processor. The plurality of electronic circuits may be integrated in one chip, or may be distributed and provided in the plurality of chips. The plurality of chips may be integrated in one device, or may be distributed and provided in the plurality of devices. For example, the power control unit 41 and the switch control unit 42 may be integrated into one chip, or may be distributed and provided in a plurality of chips.
[0144] また、 点灯装置 1 における複数の構成要素 (又は機能) が、 1つの筐体内 に集約されていることは点灯装置 1 に必須の構成ではない。 点灯装置 1の構 成要素 (又は機能) は、 複数の筐体に分散して設けられていてもよい。 [0144] Further, it is not essential for the lighting device 1 that the plurality of constituent elements (or functions) of the lighting device 1 are integrated in one housing. The constituent elements (or functions) of the lighting device 1 may be distributed and provided in a plurality of housings.
[0145] (まとめ) [0145] (Summary)
以上説明した実施形態及び変形例より以下の態様が開示されている。 The following aspects are disclosed from the embodiment and the modified examples described above.
[0146] 第 1の態様に係る点灯装置 (1) は、 電力変換部 (3) と、 バイパススイ ッチ (Q 1) と、 スイッチ制御部 (42) と、 電力制御部 (4 1) とを備え る。 電力変換部 (3) は、 第 1光源部 (2 1) 及び第 2光源部 (22) を含 む光源ユニッ ト (1 0) に出力電流 ( 1 1) を出力して電力を供給する。 第 1光源部 (2 1) 及び第 2光源部 (22) は、 互いに電気的に直列接続され ている。 バイパススイッチ (Q 1) は、 第 2光源部 (22) に電気的に並列 接続されている。 スイッチ制御部 (42) は、 バイパススイッチ (Q 1) を 制御する。 電力制御部 (4 1) は、 電力変換部 (3) を制御する。 電力変換 咅 P (3) は、 バイパススイッチ (Q 1) のオン/オフの状態に応じて出力電 流 (丨 1) の大きさを切り替えて光源ユニッ ト (1 〇) に電力を供給する。 電力制御部 (4 1) は、 第 2光源部 (22) の状態が接続状態から短絡状態 〇 2020/175072 36 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 [0146] The lighting device (1) according to the first aspect includes a power conversion unit (3), a bypass switch (Q1), a switch control unit (42), and a power control unit (4 1). To prepare. The power converter (3) outputs an output current (11) to the light source unit (10) including the first light source (21) and the second light source (22) to supply power. The first light source unit (21) and the second light source unit (22) are electrically connected to each other in series. The bypass switch (Q 1) is electrically connected in parallel to the second light source unit (22). The switch control section (42) controls the bypass switch (Q 1). The power control unit (41) controls the power conversion unit (3). The power converter P (3) supplies power to the light source unit (10) by switching the size of the output current (1) according to the on/off state of the bypass switch (Q 1). The power control unit (4 1) changes the state of the second light source unit (22) from connected to short-circuited. 〇 2020/175072 36 卩 (:171? 2020 /004472
に切り替えられる場合、 スイッチ制御部 (4 2) がバイパススイッチ (〇 1 ) を制御して第 2光源部 (2 2) を接続状態から短絡状態に切り替えた後に 、 出力電流 (丨 1) の大きさを切り替える機能を有する。 接続状態は、 第 2 光源部 (2 2) が第 1光源部 (2 1) に電気的に接続されており第 2光源部 (2 2) に出力電流 ( 1 1) が流れる状態である。 短絡状態は、 第 2光源部 (2 2) が電気的に短絡されている状態である。 When the switch control unit (4 2) controls the bypass switch (○ 1) to switch the second light source unit (2 2) from the connected state to the short-circuited state, the output current (1) is increased. It has a function to switch the height. In the connected state, the second light source unit (2 2) is electrically connected to the first light source unit (2 1) and the output current (1 1) flows through the second light source unit (2 2 ). The short-circuited state is a state in which the second light source unit (22) is electrically short-circuited.
[0147] 第 1の態様に係る点灯装置 (1) によれば、 短絡状態における出力電流 ( According to the lighting device (1) of the first aspect, the output current (
I 1) の第 1 目標値 ( 1 1 1) が接続状態における出力電流 (丨 1) の第 2 目標値 (丨 1 2) より大きい場合であっても、 出力電流 (丨 1) の大きさを 切り替える前に、 第 2光源部 (2 2) を短絡状態にすることができる。 その 結果、 第 2光源部 (2 2) に過電流が流れることを抑制できる。 Even if the first target value (1 1 1) of I 1) is larger than the second target value (丨 1 2) of the output current (丨 1) in the connected state, the magnitude of the output current (丨 1) is large. The second light source unit (2 2) can be short-circuited before switching. As a result, it is possible to prevent the overcurrent from flowing through the second light source section (22).
[0148] 第 2の態様に係る点灯装置 (1) は、 第 1の態様において、 電力制御部 ( 4 1) は、 第 2光源部 (2 2) が短絡状態から接続状態に切り替えられる場 合、 スイッチ制御部 (4 2) がバイパススイッチ (〇 1) を制御して第 2光 源部 (2 2) を短絡状態から接続状態に切り替える前に、 出力電流 (丨 1) の大きさを切り替える機能を更に有する。 [0148] The lighting device (1) according to the second aspect provides the power control unit (41) according to the first aspect, when the second light source unit (2 2) is switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state. , The switch controller (4 2) controls the bypass switch (〇 1) to switch the magnitude of the output current (丨 1) before switching the second light source (2 2) from the short-circuited state to the connected state. It has more functions.
[0149] 第 2の態様に係る点灯装置 (1) によれば、 短絡状態における出力電流 ( [0149] According to the lighting device (1) of the second aspect, the output current (
I 1) の第 1 目標値 ( 1 1 1) が接続状態における出力電流 (丨 1) の第 2 目標値 (丨 1 2) よりも大きい場合であっても、 第 2光源部 (2 2) に過電 流が流れることを抑制できる。 Even if the first target value (1 1 1) of I 1) is larger than the second target value (丨 1 2) of the output current (丨 1) in the connected state, the second light source unit (2 2) It is possible to suppress overcurrent from flowing into the.
[0150] 第 3の態様に係る点灯装置 (1) は、 第 2の態様において、 接続状態では 、 バイパススイッチ (〇 1) がオフ状態である。 短絡状態では、 バイパスス イッチ (0 1) がオン状態である。 [0150] In the lighting device (1) according to the third aspect, in the second aspect, the bypass switch (○1) is in the off state in the connected state. In short circuit condition, bypass switch (0 1) is on.
[0151 ] 第 3の態様に係る点灯装置 (1) によれば、 第 2光源部 (2 2) における 接続状態と短絡状態との切替えを容易に行うことができる。 [0151] According to the lighting device (1) of the third aspect, it is possible to easily switch between the connected state and the short-circuited state in the second light source section (2 2 ).
[0152] 第 4の態様に係る点灯装置 (1) は、 第 3の態様において、 スイッチ制御 部 (4 2) は、 第 2光源部 (2 2) を接続状態から短絡状態に切り替える場 合、 バイパススイッチ (〇 1) がオフ状態からオン状態になるようにバイパ 〇 2020/175072 37 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 [0152] In the lighting device (1) according to the fourth aspect, in the third aspect, when the switch control unit (4 2) switches the second light source unit (2 2) from the connected state to the short-circuited state, Bypass the bypass switch (○ 1) from the off state to the on state. 〇 2020/175072 37 卩(:171? 2020/004472
ススイッチ (〇 1) を制御する。 電力制御部 (4 1) は、 第 2光源部 (2 2 ) が接続状態から短絡状態に切り替えられる場合、 スイッチ制御部 (4 2) がバイパススイッチ (0 1) をオフ状態からオン状態に切り替えた後に、 出 力電流 (丨 1) の大きさを切り替える。 Switch (○ 1). The power control unit (4 1) switches the bypass switch (0 1) from the off state to the on state when the second light source unit (2 2) is switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state. After that, switch the output current (1).
[0153] 第 4の態様に係る点灯装置 (1) によれば、 出力電流 ( 1 1) の大きさを 容易に切り替えることができる。 According to the lighting device (1) of the fourth aspect, the magnitude of the output current (11) can be easily switched.
[0154] 第 5の態様に係る点灯装置 (1) は、 第 3又は 4の態様において、 スイッ チ制御部 (4 2) は、 第 2光源部 (2 2) を短絡状態から接続状態に切り替 える場合、 バイパススイッチ (〇 1) がオン状態からオフ状態になるように バイパススイッチ (〇 1) を制御する。 電力制御部 (4 1) は、 第 2光源部 (2 2) が短絡状態から接続状態に切り替えられる場合、 スイッチ制御部 ( 4 2) がバイパススイッチ (〇 1) をオン状態からオフ状態に切り替える前 に、 出力電流 (丨 1) の大きさを切り替える。 [0154] In the lighting device (1) according to the fifth aspect, in the third or fourth aspect, the switch control unit (4 2) switches the second light source unit (2 2) from the short-circuited state to the connected state. If this occurs, control the bypass switch (○ 1) so that it goes from the ON state to the OFF state. The power control unit (4 1) switches the bypass switch (〇 1) from the ON state to the OFF state when the second light source unit (2 2) is switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state. First, switch the magnitude of the output current (1).
[0155] 第 5の態様に係る点灯装置 (1) によれば、 出力電流 ( 1 1) の大きさを 容易に切り替えることができる。 According to the lighting device (1) of the fifth aspect, the magnitude of the output current (11) can be easily switched.
[0156] 第 6の態様に係る点灯装置 ( 1) では、 第 1〜 3の態様のいずれか 1つに おいて、 電力制御部 (4 1) は、 バイパススイッチ (〇 1) の切替以前に出 力電流 (丨 1) の電流値を、 短絡状態における出力電流 (丨 1) の第 1 目標 値 (丨 1 1) 及び接続状態における出力電流 (丨 1) の第 2目標値 ( 1 1 2 ) のうちのいずれか小さいほうの電流値とする。 電力制御部 (4 1) は、 バ イパススイッチ (〇 1) の切替以後に出力電流 (丨 1) の電流値を、 第 1 目 標値 (丨 1 1) 及び第 2目標値 ( 1 1 2) のうち、 切替後の第 2光源部 (2 2) の状態における出力電流 (丨 1) の目標値とする。 [0156] In the lighting device (1) according to the sixth aspect, in any one of the first to third aspects, the power control unit (41) is configured to switch before the switching of the bypass switch (〇1). The output current (丨1) current value is the first target value (丨11) of the output current (丨1) in the short-circuited state and the second target value (1 1 2) of the output current (丨1) in the connected state. ), whichever is smaller. The power control unit (4 1) sets the current value of the output current (丨 1) after switching the bypass switch (○ 1) to the first target value (丨 11) and the second target value (1 1 2). ), the target value of the output current (1) in the state of the second light source section (2 2) after switching.
[0157] 第 6の態様に係る点灯装置 (1) によれば、 第 2光源部 (2 2) に過電流 が流れることを精度よく抑制できる。 [0157] According to the lighting device (1) of the sixth aspect, it is possible to accurately prevent the overcurrent from flowing to the second light source unit (22).
[0158] 第 7の態様に係る点灯装置 ( 1) では、 第 1〜 3の態様のいずれか 1つに おいて、 電力制御部 (4 1) は、 バイパススイッチ (〇 1) の切替以前に出 力電流 (丨 1) の電流値を、 短絡状態における出力電流 (丨 1) の第 1 目標 〇 2020/175072 38 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 [0158] In the lighting device (1) according to the seventh aspect, in any one of the first to third aspects, the power control unit (41) is configured to switch before the switching of the bypass switch (〇1). Set the output current (丨1) current value to the first target of the output current (丨1) in the short-circuit state. 〇 2020/175072 38 卩 (: 171-1? 2020 /004472
値 (丨 1 1) 及び接続状態における出力電流 (丨 1) の第 2目標値 ( 1 1 2 ) の両方よりも小さい電流値 (第 3目標値 I 1 3) とする。 電力制御部 (4 1) は、 バイパススイッチ (〇 1) の切替以後に出力電流 (丨 1) の電流値 を、 第 1 目標値 (丨 1 1) 及び第 2目標値 ( 1 1 2) のうち、 切替後の第 2 光源部 (2 2) の状態における出力電流 ( 1 1) の目標値とする。 The current value (3rd target value I 1 3) is smaller than both the value (1 1 1) and the second target value (1 1 2) of the output current (1 1) in the connected state. The power control unit (4 1) changes the current value of the output current (丨 1) after switching the bypass switch (○ 1) to the first target value (丨 11) and the second target value (1 1 2). Of these, the target value of the output current (11) in the state of the second light source section (22) after switching is set.
[0159] 第 7の態様に係る点灯装置 (1) によれば、 第 2光源部 (2 2) に過電流 が流れることを精度よく抑制できる。 [0159] According to the lighting device (1) of the seventh aspect, it is possible to accurately suppress the overcurrent from flowing to the second light source unit (2 2).
[0160] 第 8の態様に係る点灯装置 ( 1) は、 第 1〜 7の態様のいずれか 1つにお いて、 第 1バイパススイッチ (〇 1 1) を更に備える。 第 1バイパススイッ チ (〇 1 1) は、 第 1光源部 (2 1) に電気的に並列接続されている。 第 1 バイパススイッチ (〇 1 1) は、 第 2バイパススイッチとは別体である。 第 2バイパススイッチ (0 1 2) は、 第 2光源部 (2 2) に電気的に並列接続 されている。 スイッチ制御部 (4 2) は、 第 1バイパススイッチ (〇 1 1) を制御する。 電力変換部 (3) は、 第 1バイパススイッチ (0 1 1) のオン /オフの状態に応じて出力電流 (丨 1) の大きさを切り替えて光源ユニッ ト (1 0) に電力を供給する。 電力制御部 (4 1) は、 第 1光源部 (2 1) の 状態が第 1状態から第 2状態に切り替えられる場合、 スイッチ制御部 (4 2 ) が第 1バイパススイッチ (〇 1 1) を制御して第 1光源部 (2 1) を第 1 状態から第 2状態に切り替えた後に、 出力電流 ( 1 1) の大きさを切り替え る機能を更に有する。 第 1状態は、 第 1光源部 (2 1) が第 2光源部 (2 2 ) に電気的に接続されており第 1光源部 (2 1) に出力電流 ( 1 1) が流れ る状態である。 第 2状態は、 第 1光源部 (2 1) が電気的に短絡されている 状態である。 [0160] A lighting device (1) according to an eighth aspect is any one of the first to seventh aspects, further including a first bypass switch (○11). The first bypass switch (○ 1 1) is electrically connected in parallel to the first light source unit (2 1). The first bypass switch (○ 11) is separate from the second bypass switch. The second bypass switch (0 1 2) is electrically connected in parallel to the second light source section (2 2). The switch control unit (42) controls the first bypass switch (○ 11). The power conversion unit (3) supplies power to the light source unit (10) by switching the magnitude of the output current (1) according to the on/off state of the first bypass switch (0 1 1). .. When the state of the first light source unit (2 1) is switched from the first state to the second state, the power control unit (4 1) causes the switch control unit (4 2) to turn on the first bypass switch (〇 1 1). It further has a function of switching the magnitude of the output current (11) after controlling and switching the first light source section (21) from the first state to the second state. The first state is a state in which the first light source unit (2 1) is electrically connected to the second light source unit (2 2) and the output current (1 1) flows through the first light source unit (2 1). is there. The second state is a state in which the first light source section (21) is electrically short-circuited.
[0161 ] 第 8の態様に係る点灯装置 (1) によれば、 第 1光源部 (2 1) の短絡状 態における出力電流 (丨 1) の目標値が第 1光源部 (2 1) の接続状態にお ける出力電流 (丨 1) の目標値より大きい場合であっても、 出力電流 (丨 1 ) の大きさを切り替える前に、 第 1光源部 (2 1) を短絡状態にすることが できる。 その結果、 第 1光源部 (2 1) に過電流が流れることを抑制できる 〇 2020/175072 39 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 [0161] According to the lighting device (1) of the eighth aspect, the target value of the output current (C1) in the short-circuit state of the first light source unit (21) is equal to that of the first light source unit (21). Even if the output current (丨1) is larger than the target value in the connected state, the first light source unit (21) should be short-circuited before switching the output current (丨1). You can As a result, it is possible to prevent overcurrent from flowing through the first light source unit (21). 〇 2020/175072 39 卩 (:171? 2020 /004472
[0162] 第 9の態様に係る点灯装置 (1) では、 第 8の態様において、 電力制御部 (4 1) は、 第 1光源部 (2 1) が第 2状態から第 1状態に切り替えられる 場合、 スイッチ制御部 (4 2) が第 1バイパススイッチ (0 1 1) を制御し て第 1光源部 (2 1) を第 2状態から第 1状態に切り替える前に、 出力電流 ( 1 1) の大きさを切り替える機能を更に有する。 [0162] In the lighting device (1) according to the ninth aspect, in the eighth aspect, the power control unit (41) is configured such that the first light source unit (21) is switched from the second state to the first state. In this case, before the switch control unit (4 2) controls the first bypass switch (0 1 1) to switch the first light source unit (2 1) from the second state to the first state, the output current (1 1) It also has the function of switching the size of the.
[0163] 第 9の態様に係る点灯装置 (1) によれば、 第 1光源部 (2 1) の短絡状 態 (第 2状態) における出力電流 ( 1 1) の目標値が第 1光源部 (2 1) の 接続状態 (第 1状態) における出力電流 (丨 1) の目標値よりも大きい場合 であっても、 第 1光源部 (2 1) に過電流が流れることを抑制できる。 [0163] According to the lighting device (1) of the ninth aspect, the target value of the output current (11) in the short-circuit state (second state) of the first light source section (21) is the first light source section. Even if the output current (1) in the connection state (1st state) of (2 1) is larger than the target value, it is possible to suppress the overcurrent from flowing into the first light source unit (2 1).
[0164] 第 1 0の態様に係る点灯装置 ( 1) では、 第 1〜 9の態様のいずれか 1つ において、 光源ユニッ ト (1 0) は、 第 1光源部 (2 1) 及び第 2光源部 ( 2 2) に直列接続された第 3光源部 (2 3) を更に含む。 点灯装置 (1) は 、 第 3光源部用バイパススイッチ (第 3バイパススイッチ〇 1 3) を更に備 える。 第 3光源部用バイパススイッチは、 第 3光源部 (2 3) に電気的に並 列接続されている。 スイッチ制御部 (4 2) は、 第 3光源部用バイパススイ ッチを制御する。 電力変換部 (3) は、 第 3光源部用バイパススイッチの才 ン/オフの状態に応じて出力電流 (丨 1) の大きさを切り替えて光源ユニッ 卜 (1 0) に電力を供給する。 電力制御部 (4 1) は、 第 3光源部 (2 3) の状態が第 3光源部 (2 3) の接続状態から第 3光源部 (2 3) の短絡状態 に切り替えられる場合、 スイッチ制御部 (4 2) が第 3光源部用バイパスス イッチを制御して第 3光源部 (2 3) を第 3光源部 (2 3) の接続状態から 第 3光源部 (2 3) の短絡状態に切り替えた後に、 出力電流 (丨 1) の大き さを切り替える機能を更に有する。 第 3光源部 (2 3) の接続状態は、 第 3 光源部 (2 3) が第 1光源部 (2 1) 及び第 2光源部 (2 2) の少なくとも 一方に電気的に接続されており第 3光源部 (2 3) に出力電流 ( 1 1) が流 れる状態である。 第 3光源部 (2 3) の短絡状態は、 第 3光源部 (2 3) が 電気的に短絡されている状態である。 〇 2020/175072 40 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 [0164] In the lighting device (1) according to the tenth aspect, in any one of the first to ninth aspects, the light source unit (10) includes a first light source unit (21) and a second light source unit. The light source unit (22) further includes a third light source unit (23) connected in series. The lighting device (1) further includes a bypass switch for the third light source unit (third bypass switch 0 13). The bypass switch for the third light source unit is electrically connected in parallel to the third light source unit (23). The switch control unit (42) controls the bypass switch for the third light source unit. The power converter (3) supplies power to the light source unit (10) by switching the magnitude of the output current (1) according to the on/off state of the third light source bypass switch. The power control unit (4 1) controls the switch when the state of the third light source unit (2 3) is switched from the connection state of the third light source unit (2 3) to the short-circuit state of the third light source unit (2 3). Part (42) controls the bypass switch for the third light source part to change the third light source part (2 3) from the connected state of the third light source part (2 3) to the short-circuited state of the third light source part (2 3). After switching, it also has the function of switching the magnitude of the output current (1). The connection state of the third light source unit (23) is such that the third light source unit (23) is electrically connected to at least one of the first light source unit (21) and the second light source unit (22). The output current (11) flows through the third light source (23). The short-circuit state of the third light source unit (23) is a state in which the third light source unit (23) is electrically short-circuited. 〇 2020/175072 40 卩 (:171? 2020 /004472
[0165] 第 1 0の態様に係る点灯装置 (1) によれば、 光源部 2の数が 3つ以上で ある場合であっても、 第 2光源部 (2 2) だけでなく、 第 3光源部 (2 3) に過電流が流れることを抑制できる。 According to the lighting device (1) of the tenth aspect, even when the number of the light source units 2 is three or more, not only the second light source units (2 2) but also the third light source unit (2 2 ). It is possible to prevent overcurrent from flowing through the light source (23).
[0166] 第 1 1の態様に係る点灯装置 (1) では、 第 1 0の態様において、 電力制 御部 (4 1) は、 第 3光源部 (2 3) が第 3光源部 (2 3) の短絡状態から 第 3光源部 (2 3) の接続状態に切り替えられる場合、 スイッチ制御部 (4 2) が第 3光源部用バイパススイッチ (第 3バイパススイッチ 0 1 3) を制 御して第 3光源部 (2 3) を第 3光源部 (2 3) の短絡状態から第 3光源部 (2 3) の接続状態に切り替える前に、 出力電流 ( 1 1) の大きさを切り替 える機能を更に有する。 [0166] In the lighting device (1) according to the eleventh aspect, in the tenth aspect, the power control unit (41) includes a third light source unit (23) and a third light source unit (23). ), the switch control unit (4 2) controls the third light source bypass switch (third bypass switch 0 1 3) when the third light source unit (2 3) is connected. Function to switch the magnitude of output current (1 1) before switching the third light source (2 3) from the short-circuited state of the third light source (2 3) to the connected state of the third light source (2 3) Further has.
[0167] 第 1 1の態様に係る点灯装置 (1) によれば、 第 3光源部 (2 3) の短絡 状態における出力電流 (丨 1) の目標値が第 3光源部 (2 3) の接続状態に おける出力電流 (丨 1) の目標値よりも大きい場合であっても、 第 3光源部 (2 3) に過電流が流れることを抑制できる。 [0167] According to the lighting device (1) of the eleventh aspect, the target value of the output current (丨1) in the short-circuited state of the third light source unit (23) is set to the third light source unit (23). Even when the output current in the connected state (1) is larger than the target value, it is possible to suppress the overcurrent from flowing into the third light source unit (23).
[0168] 第 1 2の態様に係る灯具 ( 1 0 0) は、 第 1〜 1 1の態様のいずれか 1つ の点灯装置 (1) と、 第 1光源部 (2 1) と、 第 2光源部 (2 2) と、 ハウ ジング (1 0 1) とを備える。 ハウジング (1 0 1) は、 第 1光源部 (2 1 ) 及び第 2光源部 (2 2) を収納する。 [0168] The lamp (100) according to the 12th aspect is the lighting device (1) according to any one of the 1st to 11th aspects, a first light source section (21), and a 2nd aspect. The light source unit (2 2) and the housing (1 0 1) are provided. The housing (1 0 1) houses the first light source unit (2 1) and the second light source unit (2 2 ).
[0169] 第 1 2の態様に係る灯具 (1 0 0) によれば、 点灯装置 (1) において、 短絡状態における出力電流 (丨 1) の第 1 目標値 ( 1 1 1) が接続状態にお ける出力電流 (丨 1) の第 2目標値 ( 1 1 2) より大きい場合であっても、 出力電流 (丨 1) の大きさを切り替える前に、 第 2光源部 (2 2) を短絡状 態にすることができる。 その結果、 第 2光源部 (2 2) に過電流が流れるこ とを抑制できる。 According to the lamp (1 0 0) of the 12th aspect, in the lighting device (1), the first target value (1 1 1) of the output current (丨 1) in the short-circuited state is changed to the connected state. Even if the output current (丨1) is larger than the second target value (1 1 2), the second light source (2 2) is short-circuited before switching the output current (丨1). Can be in a state. As a result, it is possible to prevent the overcurrent from flowing through the second light source section (22).
[0170] 第 1 3の態様に係る車両 (2 0 0) は、 第 1 2の態様の灯具 (1 0 0) と 、 車体 (2 0 1) とを備える。 車体 (2 0 1) は、 灯具 (1 0 0) を搭載す る。 [0170] A vehicle (200) according to a thirteenth aspect includes a lamp (1OO) according to the twelfth aspect, and a vehicle body (2O1). The vehicle body (2 0 1) is equipped with a light fixture (1 0 0).
[0171 ] 第 1 3の態様に係る車両 (2 0 0) によれば、 点灯装置 (1) において、 〇 2020/175072 41 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 [0171] According to the vehicle (200) of the thirteenth aspect, in the lighting device (1), 〇 2020/175072 41 卩 (:171? 2020 /004472
短絡状態における出力電流 (丨 1) の第 1 目標値 ( 1 1 1) が接続状態にお ける出力電流 (丨 1) の第 2目標値 ( 1 1 2) より大きい場合であっても、 出力電流 (丨 1) の大きさを切り替える前に、 第 2光源部 (2 2) を短絡状 態にすることができる。 その結果、 第 2光源部 (2 2) に過電流が流れるこ とを抑制できる。 Even if the first target value (1 1 1) of the output current (1 1) in the short circuit state is larger than the second target value (1 1 2) of the output current (1 1) in the connected state, the output Before switching the magnitude of the current (1), the second light source section (2 2) can be short-circuited. As a result, it is possible to prevent the overcurrent from flowing through the second light source section (22).
[0172] 第 1 4の態様に係る制御方法は、 電力変換部 (3) と、 バイパススイッチ (〇 1) とを制御する制御方法である。 電力変換部 (3) は、 互いに電気的 に直列接続された第 1光源部 (2 1) 及び第 2光源部 (2 2) を含む光源ユ ニッ ト (1 0) に出力電流 (丨 1) を出力して電力を供給する。 バイパスス イッチ (0 1) は、 第 2光源部 (2 2) に電気的に並列接続されている。 制 御方法は、 第 2光源部 (2 2) の状態が接続状態から短絡状態に切り替えら れる場合、 バイパススイッチ (0 1) を制御して第 2光源部 (2 2) を接続 状態から短絡状態に切り替えた後に、 出力電流 (丨 1) の大きさを切り替え るステップを有する。 接続状態は、 第 2光源部 (2 2) が第 1光源部 (2 1 ) に電気的に接続されており第 2光源部 (2 2) に出力電流 ( 1 1) が流れ る状態である。 短絡状態は、 第 2光源部 (2 2) が電気的に短絡されている 状態である。 制御方法は、 第 2光源部 (2 2) が短絡状態から接続状態に切 り替えられる場合、 バイパススイッチ (0 1) を制御して第 2光源部 (2 2 ) を短絡状態から接続状態に切り替える前に、 出力電流 (丨 1) の大きさを 切り替えるステップを有する。 [0172] The control method according to the fourteenth aspect is a control method for controlling the power conversion unit (3) and the bypass switch (O1). The power converter (3) outputs an output current (1) to a light source unit (1 0) including a first light source (2 1) and a second light source (2 2) electrically connected in series. To output power. The bypass switch (0 1) is electrically connected in parallel to the second light source unit (2 2). When the state of the second light source unit (2 2) is switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state, the bypass switch (0 1) is controlled to short-circuit the second light source unit (2 2) from the connected state. After switching to the state, there is a step of switching the magnitude of the output current (1). The connection state is a state in which the second light source unit (2 2) is electrically connected to the first light source unit (2 1) and the output current (1 1) flows through the second light source unit (2 2). .. The short-circuited state is a state in which the second light source section (22) is electrically short-circuited. When the second light source unit (2 2) is switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state, the control method is to control the bypass switch (0 1) to change the second light source unit (2 2) from the short-circuited state to the connected state. Before switching, it has the step of switching the magnitude of the output current (1).
[0173] 第 1 4の態様に係る制御方法によれば、 短絡状態における出力電流 ( I 1 ) の第 1 目標値 (丨 1 1) が接続状態における出力電流 (丨 1) の第 2目標 値 (丨 1 2) より大きい場合であっても、 出力電流 (丨 1) の大きさを切り 替える前に、 第 2光源部 (2 2) を短絡状態にすることができる。 その結果 、 第 2光源部 (2 2) に過電流が流れることを抑制できる。 [0173] According to the control method of the fourteenth aspect, the first target value (丨11) of the output current (I1) in the short-circuited state is the second target value of the output current (丨1) in the connected state. Even if the output current is larger than (1 1 2), the second light source unit (2 2) can be short-circuited before switching the magnitude of the output current (1). As a result, it is possible to prevent the overcurrent from flowing through the second light source section (22).
[0174] また、 第 1 4の態様に係る制御方法によれば、 短絡状態における出力電流 ( 1 1) の第 1 目標値 (丨 1 1) が接続状態における出力電流 (丨 1) の第 2目標値 ( 1 1 2) よりも大きい場合であっても、 第 2光源部 (2 2) に過 〇 2020/175072 42 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 [0174] Further, according to the control method of the fourteenth aspect, the first target value ([11]) of the output current (11) in the short-circuited state is the second target value of the output current ([1]) in the connected state. Even if it is larger than the target value (1 1 2), it is not 〇 2020/175072 42 卩 (:171? 2020 /004472
電流が流れることを抑制できる。 It is possible to suppress the flow of current.
[0175] 第 1 5の態様に係る制御方法では、 第 1 4の態様において、 光源ユニッ ト (1 0) は、 第 1光源部 (2 1) 及び第 2光源部 (2 2) に直列接続された 第 3光源部 (2 3) を更に含む。 制御方法は、 第 3光源部 (2 3) の状態が 第 3光源部 (2 3) の接続状態から第 3光源部 (2 3) の短絡状態に切り替 えられる場合、 第 3光源部 (2 3) に電気的に並列接続された第 3光源部用 バイパススイッチ (第 3バイパススイッチ〇 1 3) を制御して第 3光源部 ( 2 3) を第 3光源部 (2 3) の接続状態から第 3光源部 (2 3) の短絡状態 に切り替えた後に、 出力電流 (丨 1) の大きさを切り替えるステップを更に 有する。 第 3光源部 (2 3) の接続状態は、 第 3光源部 (2 3) が第 1光源 部 (2 1) 及び第 2光源部 (2 2) の少なくとも一方に電気的に接続されて おり第 3光源部 (2 3) に出力電流 ( 1 1) が流れる状態である。 第 3光源 部 (2 3) の短絡状態は、 第 3光源部 (2 3) が電気的に短絡されている状 態である。 制御方法は、 第 3光源部 (2 3) が第 3光源部 (2 3) の短絡状 態から第 3光源部 (2 3) の接続状態に切り替えられる場合、 第 3光源部用 バイパススイッチを制御して第 3光源部 (2 3) を第 3光源部 (2 3) の短 絡状態から第 3光源部 (2 3) の接続状態に切り替える前に、 出力電流 (丨 1) の大きさを切り替えるステップを更に有する。 [0175] In the control method according to the fifteenth aspect, in the fourteenth aspect, the light source unit (10) is connected in series to the first light source unit (21) and the second light source unit (22). The light source further includes a third light source section (23). The control method is such that when the state of the third light source unit (2 3) is switched from the connection state of the third light source unit (2 3) to the short-circuit state of the third light source unit (2 3), the third light source unit (2 3) 3) The third light source (2 3) is connected to the third light source (2 3) by controlling the third light source bypass switch (third bypass switch 〇 1 3) electrically connected in parallel to After switching from the third light source unit (23) to the short-circuited state, the method further includes the step of switching the magnitude of the output current (1). The connection state of the third light source unit (23) is such that the third light source unit (23) is electrically connected to at least one of the first light source unit (21) and the second light source unit (22). The output current (11) flows through the third light source (23). The short-circuited state of the third light source section (23) is a state in which the third light source section (23) is electrically short-circuited. When the third light source (2 3) can be switched from the short-circuited state of the third light source (2 3) to the connected state of the third light source (2 3), the control method is to use the bypass switch for the third light source. Before controlling and switching the third light source (2 3) from the short-circuited state of the third light source (2 3) to the connected state of the third light source (2 3), the magnitude of the output current (1) Further has a step of switching.
[0176] 第 1 5の態様に係る制御方法によれば、 第 3光源部 (2 3) の短絡状態に おける出力電流 (丨 1) の目標値が第 3光源部 (2 3) の接続状態における 出力電流 (丨 1) の目標値よりも大きい場合であっても、 第 3光源部 (2 3 ) に過電流が流れることを抑制できる。 [0176] According to the control method of the fifteenth aspect, the target value of the output current (丨1) in the short-circuited state of the third light source section (23) is the connection state of the third light source section (23). Even when the output current (1) is larger than the target value, it is possible to suppress the overcurrent from flowing into the third light source section (23).
[0177] 第 1 6の態様に係る制御装置 (制御部 4) は、 電力変換部 (3) と、 バイ パススイッチ (〇 1) とを制御する。 電力変換部 (3) は、 互いに電気的に 直列接続された第 1光源部 (2 1) 及び第 2光源部 (2 2) を含む光源ユニ ッ ト (1 0) に出力電流 (丨 1) を出力して電力を供給する。 バイパススイ ッチ (〇 1) は、 第 2光源部 (2 2) に電気的に並列接続されている。 スイ ッチ制御部 (4 2) は、 バイパススイッチ (〇 1) を制御する。 電力制御部 〇 2020/175072 43 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 [0177] The control device (control unit 4) according to the sixteenth aspect controls the power conversion unit (3) and the bypass switch (O1). The power converter (3) outputs an output current (1) to a light source unit (1 0) including a first light source (2 1) and a second light source (2 2) electrically connected in series. To output power. The bypass switch (○ 1) is electrically connected in parallel to the second light source unit (22). The switch control unit (42) controls the bypass switch (○ 1). Power control unit 〇 2020/175072 43 卩 (: 171-1? 2020 /004472
(4 1) は、 電力変換部 (3) を制御する。 電力制御部 (4 1) は、 第 2光 源部 (2 2) の状態が接続状態から短絡状態に切り替えられる場合、 スイッ チ制御部 (4 2) がバイパススイッチ (0 1) を制御して第 2光源部 (2 2 ) を接続状態から短絡状態に切り替えた後に、 出力電流 (丨 1) の大きさを 切り替える機能を有する。 接続状態は、 第 2光源部 (2 2) が第 1光源部 ( 2 1) に電気的に接続されており第 2光源部 (2 2) に出力電流 ( I 1) が 流れる状態である。 短絡状態は、 第 2光源部 (2 2) が電気的に短絡されて いる状態である。 電力制御部 (4 1) は、 第 2光源部 (2 2) が短絡状態か ら接続状態に切り替えられる場合、 スイッチ制御部 (4 2) がバイパススイ ッチ (0 1) を制御して第 2光源部 (2 2) を短絡状態から接続状態に切り 替える前に、 出力電流 (丨 1) の大きさを切り替える機能を有する。 (4 1) controls the power converter (3). The power control unit (4 1) controls the bypass switch (0 1) by the switch control unit (4 2) when the state of the second light source unit (2 2) is switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state. After switching the second light source (22) from the connected state to the short-circuited state, it has the function of switching the magnitude of the output current (1). In the connected state, the second light source unit (2 2) is electrically connected to the first light source unit (21) and the output current (I 1) flows through the second light source unit (2 2 ). The short-circuited state is a state in which the second light source section (22) is electrically short-circuited. The power control unit (4 1) controls the bypass switch (0 1) by the switch control unit (4 2) when the second light source unit (2 2) is switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state. 2 It has the function of switching the magnitude of the output current (1) before switching the light source (22) from the short-circuited state to the connected state.
[0178] 第 1 6の態様に係る制御装置 (制御部 4) によれば、 短絡状態における出 力電流 (丨 1) の第 1 目標値が接続状態における出力電流 (丨 1) の第 2目 標値より大きい場合であっても、 出力電流 (丨 1) の大きさを切り替える前 に、 第 2光源部 (2 2) を短絡状態にすることができる。 その結果、 第 2光 源部 (2 2) に過電流が流れることを抑制できる。 [0178] According to the control device (control section 4) of the sixteenth aspect, the first target value of the output current (丨1) in the short-circuited state is the second target value of the output current (丨1) in the connected state. Even if it is larger than the standard value, the second light source unit (22) can be short-circuited before switching the magnitude of the output current (1). As a result, it is possible to prevent overcurrent from flowing through the second light source section (22).
[0179] また、 第 1 6の態様に係る制御装置によれば、 短絡状態における出力電流 ( 1 1) の第 1 目標値 (丨 1 1) が接続状態における出力電流 (丨 1) の第 2目標値 ( 1 1 2) よりも大きい場合であっても、 第 2光源部 (2 2) に過 電流が流れることを抑制できる。 [0179] Also, according to the control device of the sixteenth aspect, the first target value (丨11) of the output current (11) in the short-circuited state is the second target value of the output current (丨1) in the connected state. Even if it is larger than the target value (1 1 2), it is possible to suppress the overcurrent from flowing into the second light source unit (2 2 ).
[0180] 第 1 7の態様に係る制御装置 (制御部 4) では、 第 1 6の態様において、 光源ユニッ ト (1 0) は、 第 1光源部 (2 1) 及び第 2光源部 (2 2) に直 列接続された第 3光源部 (2 3) を更に含む。 スイッチ制御部 (4 2) は、 第 3光源部 (2 3) に電気的に並列接続された第 3光源部用バイパススイッ チ (第 3バイパススイッチ〇 1 3) を制御する。 電力制御部 (4 1) は、 第 3光源部 (2 3) の状態が第 3光源部 (2 3) の接続状態から第 3光源部 ( 2 3) の短絡状態に切り替えられる場合、 スイッチ制御部 (4 2) が第 3光 源部用バイパススイッチを制御して第 3光源部 (2 3) を第 3光源部 (2 3 〇 2020/175072 44 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 [0180] In the control device (control unit 4) according to the seventeenth aspect, in the sixteenth aspect, the light source unit (10) includes the first light source unit (21) and the second light source unit (2). 2) further includes a third light source section (23) connected in series. The switch control unit (42) controls the third light source unit bypass switch (third bypass switch 0 13) electrically connected in parallel to the third light source unit (23). The power control unit (4 1) controls the switch when the state of the third light source unit (2 3) is switched from the connection state of the third light source unit (2 3) to the short-circuit state of the third light source unit (2 3). Section (42) controls the bypass switch for the third light source section to turn the third light source section (23) into the third light source section (23). 〇 2020/175072 44 卩 (: 171-1? 2020 /004472
) の接続状態から第 3光源部 (2 3) の短絡状態に切り替えた後に、 出力電 流 (丨 1) の大きさを切り替える機能を更に有する。 第 3光源部 (2 3) の 接続状態は、 第 3光源部 (2 3) が第 1光源部 (2 1) 及び第 2光源部 (2 2) の少なくとも一方に電気的に接続されており第 3光源部 (2 3) に出力 電流 (丨 1) が流れる状態である。 第 3光源部 (2 3) の短絡状態は、 第 3 光源部 (2 3) が電気的に短絡されている状態である。 電力制御部 (4 1) は、 第 3光源部 (2 3) が第 3光源部 (2 3) の短絡状態から第 3光源部 ( 2 3) の接続状態に切り替えられる場合、 スイッチ制御部 (4 2) が第 3光 源部用バイパススイッチを制御して第 3光源部 (2 3) を第 3光源部 (2 3 ) の短絡状態から第 3光源部 (2 3) の接続状態に切り替える前に、 出力電 流 (丨 1) の大きさを切り替える機能を更に有する。 It has a function to switch the magnitude of the output current (1) after switching from the connection state of 3) to the short-circuited state of the third light source (23). The connection state of the third light source unit (23) is such that the third light source unit (23) is electrically connected to at least one of the first light source unit (21) and the second light source unit (22). The output current (1) flows through the third light source (23). The short-circuit state of the third light source unit (23) is a state in which the third light source unit (23) is electrically short-circuited. The power control unit (4 1) switches the switch control unit (3) when the third light source unit (2 3) is switched from the short-circuited state of the third light source unit (2 3) to the connected state of the third light source unit (2 3). 4 2) controls the bypass switch for the third light source unit to switch the third light source unit (2 3) from the short-circuited state of the third light source unit (2 3) to the connected state of the third light source unit (2 3). Previously, it also has a function to switch the size of the output current (1).
[0181 ] 第 1 7の態様に係る制御装置 (制御部 4) によれば、 第 3光源部 (2 3) の短絡状態における出力電流 (丨 1) の目標値が第 3光源部 (2 3) の接続 状態における出力電流 (丨 1) の目標値よりも大きい場合であっても、 第 3 光源部 (2 3) に過電流が流れることを抑制できる。 符号の説明 [0181] According to the control device (control unit 4) of the seventeenth aspect, the target value of the output current (丨1) in the short-circuited state of the third light source unit (23) is the third light source unit (23). Even if the output current in the connected state of () is larger than the target value of (1), it is possible to suppress overcurrent from flowing into the third light source section (23). Explanation of symbols
[0182] 1 点灯装置 [0182] 1 lighting device
2 1 第 1光源部 2 1 1st light source
2 2 第 2光源部 2 2 2nd light source
2 3 第 3光源部 2 3 3rd light source
3 電力変換部 3 Power converter
4 制御部 (制御装置) 4 Control unit (control device)
4 1 電力制御部 4 1 Power control section
4 2 スイッチ制御部 4 2 Switch control section
1 0 光源ユニッ ト 1 0 Light source unit
1 0 0 灯具 1 0 0 light fixture
1 0 1 ハウジング 1 0 1 housing
2 0 0 車両 〇 2020/175072 45 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 2 0 0 vehicle 〇 2020/175072 45 卩 (: 171-1? 2020 /004472
201 車体 201 car body
〇 1 バイパススイツチ 〇1 Bypass switch
01 1 第 1バイパススイッチ 01 1 1st bypass switch
01 3 第 3バイパススイッチ (第 3光源部用バイパススイッチ) I 1 出力電流 01 3 3rd bypass switch (Bypass switch for 3rd light source) I 1 Output current
1 1 1 , 1 1 4 第 1 目標値 1 1 1, 1 1 4 1st target value
1 1 2, 1 1 5, 1 1 6 第 2目標値 1 1 2, 1 1 5, 1 1 6 2nd target value
I 1 3 第 3目標値 I 1 3 3rd target value

Claims

〇 2020/175072 46 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 請求の範囲 〇 2020/175072 46 卩(:171? 2020/004472 Claims
[請求項 1 ] 互いに電気的に直列接続された第 1光源部及び第 2光源部を含む光 源ユニッ トに出力電流を出力して電力を供給する電力変換部と、 前記第 2光源部に電気的に並列接続されたバイパススイッチと、 前記バイパススイッチを制御するスイッチ制御部と、 [Claim 1] A power converter that outputs an output current to supply power to a light source unit including a first light source unit and a second light source unit that are electrically connected in series to each other, and to the second light source unit. A bypass switch electrically connected in parallel, a switch control unit for controlling the bypass switch,
前記電力変換部を制御する電力制御部と、 を備え、 A power control unit for controlling the power conversion unit,
前記電力変換部は、 The power conversion unit,
前記バイパススイッチのオン/オフの状態に応じて前記出力電流 の大きさを切り替えて前記光源ユニッ トに電力を供給し、 The size of the output current is switched according to the on/off state of the bypass switch to supply power to the light source unit,
前記電力制御部は、 The power control unit,
前記第 2光源部の状態が、 前記第 2光源部が前記第 1光源部に電 気的に接続されており前記第 2光源部に前記出力電流が流れる接続状 態から、 前記第 2光源部が電気的に短絡されている短絡状態に切り替 えられる場合、 前記スイッチ制御部が前記バイパススイッチを制御し て前記第 2光源部を前記接続状態から前記短絡状態に切り替えた後に 、 前記出力電流の大きさを切り替える機能を有する、 点灯装置。 From the connection state in which the second light source unit is electrically connected to the first light source unit and the output current flows to the second light source unit, the state of the second light source unit is Is switched to a short circuit state in which the output current of the output current is changed after the switch control section controls the bypass switch to switch the second light source section from the connection state to the short circuit state. A lighting device having a function of switching the size.
[請求項 2] 前記電力制御部は、 [Claim 2] The power control unit
前記第 2光源部が前記短絡状態から前記接続状態に切り替えられ る場合、 前記スイッチ制御部が前記バイパススイッチを制御して前記 第 2光源部を前記短絡状態から前記接続状態に切り替える前に、 前記 出力電流の大きさを切り替える機能を更に有する、 請求項 1 に記載の点灯装置。 When the second light source unit is switched from the short-circuit state to the connection state, before the switch control unit controls the bypass switch to switch the second light source unit from the short-circuit state to the connection state, The lighting device according to claim 1, further comprising a function of switching the magnitude of the output current.
[請求項 3] 前記接続状態では、 前記バイパススイッチがオフ状態であり、 前記短絡状態では、 前記バイパススイッチがオン状態である、 請求項 2に記載の点灯装置。 3. The lighting device according to claim 2, wherein in the connected state, the bypass switch is in an off state, and in the short-circuited state, the bypass switch is in an on state.
[請求項 4] 前記スイッチ制御部は、 [Claim 4] The switch control unit
前記第 2光源部を前記接続状態から前記短絡状態に切り替える場 〇 2020/175072 47 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 When switching the second light source unit from the connected state to the short-circuited state 〇 2020/175072 47 卩(:171? 2020/004472
合、 前記バイパススイッチが前記オフ状態から前記オン状態になるよ うに前記バイパススイッチを制御し、 Control the bypass switch so that the bypass switch changes from the off state to the on state,
前記電力制御部は、 The power control unit,
前記第 2光源部が前記接続状態から前記短絡状態に切り替えられ る場合、 前記スイッチ制御部が前記バイパススイッチを前記オフ状態 から前記オン状態に切り替えた後に、 前記出力電流の大きさを切り替 える、 When the second light source unit is switched from the connected state to the short-circuited state, the switch control unit switches the bypass switch from the OFF state to the ON state, and then switches the magnitude of the output current.
請求項 3に記載の点灯装置。 The lighting device according to claim 3.
[請求項 5] 前記スイッチ制御部は、 [Claim 5] The switch control unit
前記第 2光源部を前記短絡状態から前記接続状態に切り替える場 合、 前記バイパススイッチが前記オン状態から前記オフ状態になるよ うに前記バイパススイッチを制御し、 When switching the second light source unit from the short-circuited state to the connected state, controlling the bypass switch so that the bypass switch changes from the on state to the off state,
前記電力制御部は、 The power control unit,
前記第 2光源部が前記短絡状態から前記接続状態に切り替えられ る場合、 前記スイッチ制御部が前記バイパススイッチを前記オン状態 から前記オフ状態に切り替える前に、 前記出力電流の大きさを切り替 える、 When the second light source unit is switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state, the switch control unit switches the magnitude of the output current before switching the bypass switch from the ON state to the OFF state,
請求項 3又は 4に記載の点灯装置。 The lighting device according to claim 3 or 4.
[請求項 6] 前記電力制御部は、 [Claim 6] The power control unit is
前記バイパススイッチの切替以前に前記出力電流の電流値を、 前 記短絡状態における前記出力電流の第 1 目標値及び前記接続状態にお ける前記出力電流の第 2目標値のうちのいずれか小さいほうの電流値 とし、 Prior to the switching of the bypass switch, the current value of the output current is the smaller of the first target value of the output current in the short-circuited state and the second target value of the output current in the connected state. Current value of
前記バイパススイッチの切替以後に前記出力電流の電流値を、 前 記第 1 目標値及び前記第 2目標値のうち、 切替後の前記第 2光源部の 状態における前記出力電流の目標値とする、 The current value of the output current after the switching of the bypass switch is the target value of the output current in the state of the second light source unit after switching, among the first target value and the second target value.
請求項 1〜 3のいずれか 1項に記載の点灯装置。 The lighting device according to any one of claims 1 to 3.
[請求項 7] 前記電力制御部は、 〇 2020/175072 48 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 [Claim 7] The power control unit 〇 2020/175072 48 卩 (: 171-1? 2020 /004472
前記バイパススイッチの切替以前に前記出力電流の電流値を、 前 記短絡状態における前記出力電流の第 1 目標値及び前記接続状態にお ける前記出力電流の第 2目標値の両方よりも小さい電流値とし、 前記バイパススイッチの切替以後に前記出力電流の電流値を、 前 記第 1 目標値及び前記第 2目標値のうち、 切替後の前記第 2光源部の 状態における前記出力電流の目標値とする、 Before the switching of the bypass switch, the current value of the output current is smaller than both the first target value of the output current in the short circuit state and the second target value of the output current in the connected state. The current value of the output current after the switching of the bypass switch is the target value of the output current in the state of the second light source unit after switching among the first target value and the second target value. To do
請求項 1〜 3のいずれか 1項に記載の点灯装置。 The lighting device according to any one of claims 1 to 3.
[請求項 8] 前記第 1光源部に電気的に並列接続された第 1バイパススイッチを 更に備え、 8. A first bypass switch electrically connected in parallel to the first light source unit,
前記第 1バイパススイッチは、 前記第 2光源部に電気的に並列接続 された前記バイパススイツチである第 2バイパススイツチとは別体で ぁり、 The first bypass switch is separate from the second bypass switch, which is the bypass switch electrically connected in parallel to the second light source unit.
前記スイッチ制御部は、 前記第 1バイパススイッチを制御し、 前記電力変換部は、 The switch control unit controls the first bypass switch, and the power conversion unit includes:
前記第 1バイパススイッチのオン/オフの状態に応じて前記出力 電流の大きさを切り替えて前記光源ユニッ トに電力を供給し、 前記電力制御部は、 The magnitude of the output current is switched according to the on/off state of the first bypass switch to supply power to the light source unit, and the power control unit is
前記第 1光源部の状態が、 前記第 1光源部が前記第 2光源部に電 気的に接続されており前記第 1光源部に前記出力電流が流れる第 1状 態から、 前記第 1光源部が電気的に短絡されている第 2状態に切り替 えられる場合、 前記スイッチ制御部が前記第 1バイパススイッチを制 御して前記第 1光源部を前記第 1状態から前記第 2状態に切り替えた 後に、 前記出力電流の大きさを切り替える機能を更に有する、 請求項 1〜 7のいずれか 1項に記載の点灯装置。 From the first state in which the first light source unit is electrically connected to the second light source unit and the output current flows in the first light source unit, When the section is electrically short-circuited, the switch control section controls the first bypass switch to switch the first light source section from the first state to the second state. The lighting device according to claim 1, further comprising a function of switching the magnitude of the output current.
[請求項 9] 前記電力制御部は、 [Claim 9] The power control unit
前記第 1光源部が前記第 2状態から前記第 1状態に切り替えられ る場合、 前記スイッチ制御部が前記第 1バイパススイッチを制御して 前記第 1光源部を前記第 2状態から前記第 1状態に切り替える前に、 〇 2020/175072 49 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 When the first light source unit is switched from the second state to the first state, the switch control unit controls the first bypass switch to move the first light source unit from the second state to the first state. Before switching to 〇 2020/175072 49 卩 (:171? 2020 /004472
前記出力電流の大きさを切り替える機能を更に有する、 It further has a function of switching the magnitude of the output current,
請求項 8に記載の点灯装置。 The lighting device according to claim 8.
[請求項 10] 前記光源ユニッ トは、 前記第 1光源部及び前記第 2光源部に直列接 続された第 3光源部を更に含み、 10. The light source unit further includes a third light source unit serially connected to the first light source unit and the second light source unit,
前記第 3光源部に電気的に並列接続された第 3光源部用バイパスス イッチを更に備え、 A third light source part bypass switch electrically connected in parallel to the third light source part;
前記スイッチ制御部は、 前記第 3光源部用バイパススイッチを制御 し、 The switch control unit controls the third light source unit bypass switch,
前記電力変換部は、 The power conversion unit,
前記第 3光源部用/ イパススイッチのオン/オフの状態に応じて 前記出力電流の大きさを切り替えて前記光源ユニッ トに電力を供給し \ Power is supplied to the light source unit by switching the magnitude of the output current according to the on/off state of the third light source unit/pass switch.
前記電力制御部は、 The power control unit,
前記第 3光源部の状態が、 前記第 3光源部が前記第 1光源部及び 前記第 2光源部の少なくとも一方に電気的に接続されており前記第 3 光源部に前記出力電流が流れる接続状態から、 前記第 3光源部が電気 的に短絡されている短絡状態に切り替えられる場合、 前記スイッチ制 御部が前記第 3光源部用バイパススイッチを制御して前記第 3光源部 を前記第 3光源部の前記接続状態から前記第 3光源部の前記短絡状態 に切り替えた後に、 前記出力電流の大きさを切り替える機能を更に有 する、 The state of the third light source unit is a connection state in which the third light source unit is electrically connected to at least one of the first light source unit and the second light source unit, and the output current flows through the third light source unit. From the above, when the third light source section is electrically short-circuited, the switch control section controls the third light source section bypass switch to move the third light source section to the third light source. Further has a function of switching the magnitude of the output current after switching from the connection state of the section to the short-circuited state of the third light source section,
請求項 1〜 9のいずれか 1項に記載の点灯装置。 The lighting device according to any one of claims 1 to 9.
[請求項 1 1 ] 前記電力制御部は、 [Claim 11] The power control unit
前記第 3光源部が前記第 3光源部の前記短絡状態から前記第 3光 源部の前記接続状態に切り替えられる場合、 前記スイッチ制御部が前 記第 3光源部用バイパススイッチを制御して前記第 3光源部を前記第 3光源部の前記短絡状態から前記第 3光源部の前記接続状態に切り替 える前に、 前記出力電流の大きさを切り替える機能を更に有する、 〇 2020/175072 50 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 When the third light source unit is switched from the short-circuited state of the third light source unit to the connection state of the third light source unit, the switch control unit controls the bypass switch for the third light source unit, and Before switching the third light source unit from the short-circuited state of the third light source unit to the connected state of the third light source unit, further having a function of switching the magnitude of the output current, 〇 2020/175072 50 卩 (:171? 2020 /004472
請求項 1 〇に記載の点灯装置。 The lighting device according to claim 10.
[請求項 12] 請求項 1〜 1 1のいずれか 1項に記載の点灯装置と、 [Claim 12] The lighting device according to any one of claims 1 to 11,
前記第 1光源部と、 The first light source unit,
前記第 2光源部と、 The second light source unit,
前記第 1光源部及び前記第 2光源部を収納するハウジングと、 を備 える、 A housing that houses the first light source unit and the second light source unit,
灯具。 Light fixture.
[請求項 13] 請求項 1 2に記載の灯具と、 [Claim 13] The lamp according to claim 12,
前記灯具を搭載する車体と、 を備える、 A vehicle body on which the lamp is mounted,
車両。 vehicle.
[請求項 14] 互いに電気的に直列接続された第 1光源部及び第 2光源部を含む光 源ユニッ トに出力電流を出力して電力を供給する電力変換部と、 前記 第 2光源部に電気的に並列接続されたバイパススイッチと、 を制御す る制御方法であって、 [Claim 14] A power converter that outputs an output current and supplies power to a light source unit including a first light source unit and a second light source unit that are electrically connected in series to each other, and to the second light source unit. A control method for controlling a bypass switch electrically connected in parallel,
前記第 2光源部の状態が、 前記第 2光源部が前記第 1光源部に電気 的に接続されており前記第 2光源部に前記出力電流が流れる接続状態 から、 前記第 2光源部が電気的に短絡されている短絡状態に切り替え られる場合、 前記バイパススイッチを制御して前記第 2光源部を前記 接続状態から前記短絡状態に切り替えた後に、 前記出力電流の大きさ を切り替えるステップと、 From the connection state in which the second light source unit is electrically connected to the first light source unit and the output current flows in the second light source unit, the state of the second light source unit is When switching to a short-circuited state in which the output current is switched to a short-circuited state, after switching the second light source unit from the connection state to the short-circuited state by controlling the bypass switch, a step of switching the magnitude of the output current,
前記第 2光源部が前記短絡状態から前記接続状態に切り替えられる 場合、 前記バイパススイッチを制御して前記第 2光源部を前記短絡状 態から前記接続状態に切り替える前に、 前記出力電流の大きさを切り 替えるステップと、 を有する、 When the second light source unit is switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state, the magnitude of the output current is controlled before controlling the bypass switch to switch the second light source unit from the short-circuited state to the connected state. And a step of switching
制御方法。 Control method.
[請求項 15] 前記光源ユニッ トは、 前記第 1光源部及び前記第 2光源部に直列接 続された第 3光源部を更に含み、 15. The light source unit further includes a third light source unit serially connected to the first light source unit and the second light source unit,
前記第 3光源部の状態が、 前記第 3光源部が前記第 1光源部及び前 〇 2020/175072 51 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 The state of the third light source unit is such that the third light source unit 〇 2020/175072 51 卩(:171? 2020/004472
記第 2光源部の少なくとも一方に電気的に接続されており前記第 3光 源部に前記出力電流が流れる接続状態から、 前記第 3光源部が電気的 に短絡されている短絡状態に切り替えられる場合、 前記第 3光源部に 電気的に並列接続された第 3光源部用/ イパススイッチを制御して前 記第 3光源部を前記第 3光源部の前記接続状態から前記第 3光源部の 前記短絡状態に切り替えた後に、 前記出力電流の大きさを切り替える ステップと、 The connection state, in which the output current flows through the third light source section and is electrically connected to at least one of the second light source sections, is switched to a short-circuit state in which the third light source section is electrically short-circuited. In this case, by controlling the third light source unit/pass switch electrically connected in parallel to the third light source unit, the third light source unit is moved from the connection state of the third light source unit to the third light source unit. Switching the magnitude of the output current after switching to the short-circuited state,
前記第 3光源部が前記第 3光源部の前記短絡状態から前記第 3光源 部の前記接続状態に切り替えられる場合、 前記第 3光源部用バイパス スイッチを制御して前記第 3光源部を前記第 3光源部の前記短絡状態 から前記第 3光源部の前記接続状態に切り替える前に、 前記出力電流 の大きさを切り替えるステップと、 を更に有する、 請求項 1 4に記載の制御方法。 When the third light source unit is switched from the short-circuited state of the third light source unit to the connected state of the third light source unit, the third light source unit bypass switch is controlled to set the third light source unit to the third state. 15. The control method according to claim 14, further comprising: switching the magnitude of the output current before switching from the short-circuited state of the three light source units to the connected state of the third light source unit.
[請求項 16] 互いに電気的に直列接続された第 1光源部及び第 2光源部を含む光 源ユニッ トに出力電流を出力して電力を供給する電力変換部と、 前記 第 2光源部に電気的に並列接続されたバイパススイッチと、 を制御す る制御装置であって、 [Claim 16] A power converter that outputs an output current and supplies power to a light source unit that includes a first light source unit and a second light source unit that are electrically connected in series to each other, and to the second light source unit. A bypass switch electrically connected in parallel, and a control device for controlling
前記バイパススイッチを制御するスイッチ制御部と、 A switch control unit for controlling the bypass switch,
前記電力変換部を制御する電力制御部と、 を備え、 A power control unit for controlling the power conversion unit,
前記電力制御部は、 The power control unit,
前記第 2光源部の状態が、 前記第 2光源部が前記第 1光源部に電 気的に接続されており前記第 2光源部に前記出力電流が流れる接続状 態から、 前記第 2光源部が電気的に短絡されている短絡状態に切り替 えられる場合、 前記スイッチ制御部が前記バイパススイッチを制御し て前記第 2光源部を前記接続状態から前記短絡状態に切り替えた後に 、 前記出力電流の大きさを切り替える機能と、 From the connection state in which the second light source unit is electrically connected to the first light source unit and the output current flows to the second light source unit, the state of the second light source unit is Is electrically short-circuited, the switch control unit controls the bypass switch to switch the second light source unit from the connected state to the short-circuited state. A function to switch the size,
前記第 2光源部が前記短絡状態から前記接続状態に切り替えられ る場合、 前記スイツチ制御部が前記バイパススイツチを制御して前記 〇 2020/175072 52 卩(:171? 2020 /004472 When the second light source unit is switched from the short-circuited state to the connected state, the switch control unit controls the bypass switch to 〇 2020/175072 52 卩 (: 171-1? 2020 /004472
第 2光源部を前記短絡状態から前記接続状態に切り替える前に、 前記 出力電流の大きさを切り替える機能と、 を有する、 制御装置。 A control device having a function of switching the magnitude of the output current before switching the second light source unit from the short-circuited state to the connected state.
[請求項 17] 前記光源ユニッ トは、 前記第 1光源部及び前記第 2光源部に直列接 続された第 3光源部を更に含み、 17. The light source unit further includes a third light source unit connected in series with the first light source unit and the second light source unit,
前記スイッチ制御部は、 前記第 3光源部に電気的に並列接続された 第 3光源部用バイパススイッチを制御し、 The switch control unit controls a third light source unit bypass switch electrically connected in parallel to the third light source unit,
前記電力制御部は、 The power control unit,
前記第 3光源部の状態が、 前記第 3光源部が前記第 1光源部及び 前記第 2光源部の少なくとも一方に電気的に接続されており前記第 3 光源部に前記出力電流が流れる接続状態から、 前記第 3光源部が電気 的に短絡されている短絡状態に切り替えられる場合、 前記スイッチ制 御部が前記第 3光源部用バイパススイッチを制御して前記第 3光源部 を前記第 3光源部の前記接続状態から前記第 3光源部の前記短絡状態 に切り替えた後に、 前記出力電流の大きさを切り替える機能と、 前記第 3光源部が前記第 3光源部の前記短絡状態から前記第 3光 源部の前記接続状態に切り替えられる場合、 前記スイッチ制御部が前 記第 3光源部用バイパススイッチを制御して前記第 3光源部を前記第 3光源部の前記短絡状態から前記第 3光源部の前記接続状態に切り替 える前に、 前記出力電流の大きさを切り替える機能と、 を更に有する 請求項 1 6に記載の制御装置。 The state of the third light source unit is a connection state in which the third light source unit is electrically connected to at least one of the first light source unit and the second light source unit, and the output current flows through the third light source unit. From the above, when the third light source unit is switched to a short-circuit state in which the third light source unit is electrically short-circuited, the switch control unit controls the third light source unit bypass switch to move the third light source unit to the third light source. The function of switching the magnitude of the output current after switching from the connection state of the third light source section to the short circuit state of the third light source section, and the third light source section from the short circuit state of the third light source section to the third section. When the light source section is switched to the connection state, the switch control section controls the third light source section bypass switch to move the third light source section from the shorted state of the third light source section to the third light source. The control device according to claim 16, further comprising: a function of switching a magnitude of the output current before switching to the connection state of the unit.
PCT/JP2020/004472 2019-02-28 2020-02-06 Lighting device, lighting unit, vehicle, control method, and control device WO2020175072A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021501843A JP7199042B2 (en) 2019-02-28 2020-02-06 LIGHTING DEVICE, LAMP, VEHICLE, CONTROL METHOD, AND CONTROL DEVICE

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019-036930 2019-02-28
JP2019036930 2019-02-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020175072A1 true WO2020175072A1 (en) 2020-09-03

Family

ID=72239903

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2020/004472 WO2020175072A1 (en) 2019-02-28 2020-02-06 Lighting device, lighting unit, vehicle, control method, and control device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7199042B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2020175072A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014197495A (en) * 2013-03-29 2014-10-16 株式会社小糸製作所 Semiconductor light source control device
JP2017210099A (en) * 2016-05-25 2017-11-30 株式会社デンソー Vehicular lighting unit control device
JP2018170255A (en) * 2017-03-30 2018-11-01 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 Lighting device, vehicular headlamp, and vehicle

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014197495A (en) * 2013-03-29 2014-10-16 株式会社小糸製作所 Semiconductor light source control device
JP2017210099A (en) * 2016-05-25 2017-11-30 株式会社デンソー Vehicular lighting unit control device
JP2018170255A (en) * 2017-03-30 2018-11-01 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 Lighting device, vehicular headlamp, and vehicle

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7199042B2 (en) 2023-01-05
JPWO2020175072A1 (en) 2021-12-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6262557B2 (en) VEHICLE LAMP, ITS DRIVE DEVICE, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF
US9386646B2 (en) Vehicle lamp and vehicle lamp driving device
US8766558B2 (en) Semiconductor light source lighting circuit
KR0143557B1 (en) A switched bridge circuit
US10375783B2 (en) Lighting circuit and vehicular lamp
JP4698560B2 (en) Variable load lighting circuit
JP5603160B2 (en) Semiconductor light source lighting circuit and control method
JP2014050112A (en) Dc power supply circuit and led lighting circuit
US9325237B2 (en) Power supply with charge pump and control method
CN110972347A (en) Lighting device, luminaire, vehicle, and non-transitory computer-readable medium
CN108022793B (en) Driver circuit for operation of a relay
JP5324817B2 (en) LED drive device, vehicle lighting device
WO2020175072A1 (en) Lighting device, lighting unit, vehicle, control method, and control device
JP6134185B2 (en) Semiconductor light source controller
US10728985B2 (en) Vehicle lamp and lighting circuit
CN111405702B (en) Lighting system
WO2020032269A1 (en) Lighting circuit and vehicular lamp
JP6196048B2 (en) Buck-boost DC-DC converter type lighting circuit and vehicle lamp
JP6717652B2 (en) LED lamp lighting device
KR20170079391A (en) Circuit topology of vehicle lamp
US11723133B2 (en) Light-emitting element driving semiconductor integrated circuit, light-emitting element driving device, light-emitting device, and vehicle
WO2022157917A1 (en) Light source device
US11464093B2 (en) Single power phase buck and boost converters
CN217522974U (en) Drive circuit for structured light and structured light system
Frivaldsky et al. Design of Headlight Power Electronic Supply for Automotive Applications

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20763514

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021501843

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20763514

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1